Water Quality Standards for the State of Florida's Lakes and Flowing Waters, 75762-75807 [2010-29943]
Download as PDF
75762
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
40 CFR Part 131
[EPA–HQ–OW–2009–0596; FRL–9228–7]
RIN 2040–AF11
Water Quality Standards for the State
of Florida’s Lakes and Flowing Waters
Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
The Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA or Agency) is
promulgating numeric water quality
criteria for nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution to protect aquatic life in lakes,
flowing waters, and springs within the
State of Florida. These criteria apply to
Florida waters that are designated as
Class I or Class III waters in order to
implement the State’s narrative nutrient
provision at Subsection 62–302–
530(47)(b), Florida Administrative Code
(F.A.C.), which provides that ‘‘[i]n no
case shall nutrient concentrations of a
body of water be altered so as to cause
an imbalance in natural populations of
aquatic flora or fauna.’’
DATES: This final rule is effective March
6, 2012, except for 40 CFR 131.43(e),
which is effective February 4, 2011.
ADDRESSES: An electronic version of the
public docket is available through EPA’s
electronic public docket and comment
system, EPA Dockets. You may use EPA
Dockets at https://www.regulations.gov to
view public comments, access the index
listing of the contents of the official
public docket, and to access those
documents in the public docket that are
available electronically. For additional
information about EPA’s public docket,
visit the EPA Docket Center homepage
at https://www.epa.gov/epahome/
dockets.htm. Although listed in the
index, some information is not publicly
available, i.e., Confidential Business
Information (CBI) or other information
whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Certain other material, such as copyright
material, is not placed on the Internet
and will be publicly available only in
hard copy form. Publicly available
docket materials are available either
electronically in https://
www.regulations.gov or in hard copy at
the Docket Facility. The Office of Water
(OW) Docket Center is open from 8:30
a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through
Friday, excluding legal holidays. The
OW Docket Center telephone number is
202–566–1744 and the Docket address is
OW Docket, EPA West, Room 3334,
1301 Constitution Ave., NW.,
Washington, DC 20004. The Public
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
SUMMARY:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
Reading Room is open from 8:30 a.m. to
4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday,
excluding legal holidays. The telephone
number for the Public Reading Room is
(202) 566–1744.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For
information concerning this rulemaking,
contact Danielle Salvaterra, U.S. EPA
Headquarters, Office of Water,
Mailcode: 4305T, 1200 Pennsylvania
Avenue, NW., Washington, DC 20460;
telephone number: 202–564–1649; fax
number: 202–566–9981; e-mail address:
salvaterra.danielle@epa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This
supplementary information section is
organized as follows:
Table of Contents
I. General Information
A. Executive Summary
B. Which water bodies are affected by this
rule?
C. What entities may be affected by this
rule?
D. How can I get copies of this document
and other related information?
II. Background
A. Nitrogen/Phosphorus Pollution
B. Statutory and Regulatory Background
C. Water Quality Criteria
D. EPA Determination Regarding Florida
and EPA’s Rulemaking
III. Numeric Criteria for Streams, Lakes, and
Springs in the State of Florida
A. General Information
B. Numeric Criteria for the State of
Florida’s Streams
C. Numeric Criteria for the State of
Florida’s Lakes
D. Numeric Criterion for the State of
Florida’s Springs
E. Applicability of Criteria When Final
IV. Under what conditions will federal
standards be withdrawn?
V. Alternative Regulatory Approaches and
Implementation Mechanisms
A. Designating Uses
B. Variances
C. Site-Specific Alternative Criteria
D. Compliance Schedules
E. Proposed Restoration Water Quality
Standard
VI. Economic Analysis
VII. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory
Planning and Review
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
E. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)
F. Executive Order 13175 (Consultation
and Coordination With Indian Tribal
Governments)
G. Executive Order 13045 (Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
and Safety Risks)
H. Executive Order 13211 (Actions That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use)
I. National Technology Transfer
Advancement Act of 1995
J. Executive Order 12898 (Federal Actions
To Address Environmental Justice in
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Minority Populations and Low-Income
Populations)
K. Congressional Review Act
I. General Information
A. Executive Summary
Florida is known for its abundant and
aesthetically beautiful natural resources,
in particular its water resources.
Florida’s water resources are very
important to its economy, for example,
its $6.5 billion fishing industry.1
However, nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution has contributed to severe
water quality degradation in the State of
Florida. Based upon waters assessed
and reported by the Florida Department
of Environmental Protection (FDEP) in
its 2008 Integrated Water Quality
Assessment for Florida, approximately
1,049 miles of rivers and streams (about
5% of total assessed streams), 349,248
acres of lakes (about 23% of total
assessed lakes), and 902 square miles of
estuaries (about 24% of total assessed
estuaries) are known to be impaired for
nutrients by the State.2
The information presented in FDEP’s
latest water quality assessment report,
the 2010 Integrated Water Quality
Assessment for Florida, documents
increased identification of assessed
waters that are impaired due to
nutrients. In the FDEP 2010 Integrated
Water Quality Assessment for Florida,
approximately 1,918 miles of rivers and
streams (about 8% of assessed river and
stream miles), 378,435 acres of lakes
(about 26% of assessed lake acres), and
569 square miles of estuaries 3 (about
21% of assessed square miles of
estuaries) 4 are identified as impaired by
1 Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation
Commission. 2010. The economic impact of
freshwater fishing in Florida. https://
www.myfwc.com/CONSERVATION/Conservation
_ValueofConservation_EconFreshwaterImpact.htm.
Accessed August 2010.
2 Florida Department of Environmental Protection
(FDEP). 2008. Integrated Water Quality Assessment
for Florida: 2008 305(b) Report and 303(d) List
Update.
3 The estimated miles for estuaries were
recalculated in 2010. FDEP used revised GIS
techniques to calculate mileages and corrected
estuary waterbody descriptions by removing land
drainage areas that had been included in some
descriptions, which reduced the estimates of total
estuarine water area for Florida waters generally, as
well as for some of the estuary classifications in the
2010 report.
4 For the Integrated Water Quality Assessment for
Florida: 2010 305(b) Report and 303(d) List Update,
Florida assessed about 3,637 additional miles of
streams, about 24,833 fewer acres of lakes, and
about 1,065 fewer square miles of estuaries than the
2008 Integrated Report. In addition, Florida
reevaluated the WBID segment boundaries using
‘‘improved GIS techniques’’ for mapping. The most
significant result of the major change in mapping
was the reduction of assessed estuarine area from
3,726 to 2,661 square miles. The net result to the
impaired waters for estuaries is that the percent of
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
nutrients.5 The challenge of nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution has been an
ongoing focus for FDEP. Over the past
decade or more, FDEP reports that it has
spent over 20 million dollars collecting
and analyzing data related to
concentrations and impacts of nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution in the State.6
Despite FDEP’s intensive efforts to
diagnose and evaluate nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution, substantial and
widespread water quality degradation
from nitrogen/phosphorus overenrichment has continued and remains
a significant problem.
On January 14, 2009, EPA determined
under Clean Water Act (CWA) section
303(c)(4)(B) that new or revised water
quality standards (WQS) in the form of
numeric water quality criteria are
necessary to protect the designated uses
from nitrogen/phosphorus pollution
that Florida has set for its Class I and
Class III waters. The Agency considered
(1) the State’s documented unique and
threatened ecosystems, (2) the large
number of impaired waters due to
existing nitrogen/phosphorus pollution,
and (3) the challenge associated with
growing nitrogen/phosphorus pollution
associated with expanding urbanization,
continued agricultural development,
and a significantly increasing
population that the U.S. Census
estimates is expected to grow over 75%
between 2000 and 2030.7 EPA also
reviewed the State’s regulatory
accountability system, which represents
a synthesis of both technology-based
standards and point source control
authority, as well as authority to
establish enforceable controls for
nonpoint source activities.
A significant challenge faced by
Florida’s water quality program is its
dependence and current reliance upon
an approach involving resourceintensive and time-consuming site-bysite data collection and analysis to
interpret non-numeric narrative criteria.
This approach is used to make water
quality impairment determinations
under CWA section 303(d), to set
appropriately protective numeric
nitrogen and phosphorus pollution
targets to guide restoration of impaired
waters, and to establish numeric
assessed estuaries impaired remains about the same
in 2008 (24%) as in 2010 (21%).
5 FDEP. 2010. Integrated Water Quality
Assessment for Florida: 2010 305(b) Report and
303(d) List Update.
6 FDEP. 2009. Florida Numeric Nutrient Criteria
History and Status. https://www.dep.state.fl.us/
water/wqssp/nutrients/docs/fl-nnc-summary100109.pdf. Accessed September 2010.
7 U.S. Census Bureau, Population Division,
Interim State Population Projections, 2005. https://
www.census.gov/population/projections/
SummaryTabA1.pdf.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
75763
nitrogen and phosphorus goals to ensure
effective protection and maintenance of
non-impaired waters. EPA determined
that Florida’s reliance on a case-by-case
interpretation of its narrative criterion
in implementing an otherwise
comprehensive water quality framework
of enforceable accountability
mechanisms was insufficient to ensure
protection of applicable designated uses
under Subsection 62–302.530(47)(b),
F.A.C., which, as noted above, provides
‘‘[i]n no case shall nutrient
concentrations of a body of water be
altered so as to cause an imbalance in
natural populations of aquatic flora or
fauna.’’
In accordance with the terms of EPA’s
January 14, 2009 determination, an
August 2009 Consent Decree, and June
7, 2010 and October 27, 2010 revisions
to that Consent Decree, which are
discussed in more detail in Section II.D,
EPA is promulgating and establishing
final numeric criteria for lakes and
springs throughout Florida, and flowing
waters (e.g., rivers, streams, canals, etc.)
located outside of the South Florida
Region.8
Regarding numeric criteria for
streams, the Agency conducted a
detailed technical evaluation of the
substantial amount of sampling,
monitoring and associated water quality
analytic data available on Florida
streams together with a significant
amount of related scientific analysis.
EPA concluded that reliance on a
reference-based methodology was a
strong and scientifically sound
approach for deriving numeric criteria,
in the form of total nitrogen (TN) and
total phosphorus (TP) concentration
values for flowing waters including
streams and rivers. This information is
presented in more detail in Section III.B
below.
For lakes, EPA is promulgating a
classification approach using color and
alkalinity based upon substantial data
that show that lake color and alkalinity
are important predictors of the degree to
which TN and TP concentrations result
in a biological response such as elevated
chlorophyll a levels. EPA found that
correlations between nitrogen/
phosphorus and biological response
parameters in the different types of
lakes in Florida were specific,
significant, and documentable, and
when considered in combination with
additional lines of evidence, support a
stressor-response approach to criteria
development for Florida’s lakes. EPA’s
results show a significant relationship
between concentrations of nitrogen and
phosphorus in lakes and algal growth.
The Agency is also promulgating an
accompanying supplementary analytical
approach that the State can use to adjust
TN and TP criteria within a certain
range for individual lakes where
sufficient data on long-term ambient
chlorophyll a, TN, and TP levels are
available to demonstrate that protective
chlorophyll a criterion for a specific
lake will still be maintained and
attainment of the designated use will be
assured. This information is presented
in more detail in Section III.C below.
EPA also evaluated what downstream
protection criteria for streams that flow
into lakes is necessary for assuring the
protection of downstream lake water
quality pursuant to the provisions of 40
CFR 130.10(b), which requires that
water quality standards (WQS) must
provide for the attainment and
maintenance of the WQS of downstream
waters. EPA examined a variety of lake
modeling techniques and data to ensure
protection of aquatic life in downstream
lakes that have streams flowing into
them. Accordingly, this final rule
includes a tiered approach to adjust
instream TP and TN criteria for flowing
waters to ensure protection of
downstream lakes. This approach is
detailed in Section III.C(2)(f) below.9
Regarding numeric criteria for
springs, EPA is promulgating a
nitrate+nitrite criterion for springs
based on stressor-response relationships
that are based on laboratory data and
field evaluations that document the
response of nuisance 10 algae and
periphyton growth to nitrate+nitrite
concentrations in springs. This criterion
is explained in more detail in Section
III.D below.
Finally, EPA is promulgating in this
notice an approach to authorize and
allow derivation of Federal site-specific
alternative criteria (SSAC) based upon
EPA review and approval of applicant
submissions of scientifically defensible
8 For purposes of this rule, EPA has distinguished
South Florida as those areas south of Lake
Okeechobee and the Caloosahatchee River
watershed to the west of Lake Okeechobee and the
St. Lucie watershed to the east of Lake Okeechobee,
hereinafter referred to as the South Florida Region.
Numeric criteria applicable to flowing waters in the
South Florida Region will be addressed in the
second phase of EPA’s rulemaking regarding the
establishment of estuarine and coastal numeric
criteria. (Please refer to Section I.B for a discussion
of the water bodies affected by this rule).
9 As provided by the terms of the June 7, 2010
amended Consent Decree, downstream protection
values for estuaries and coastal waters will be
addressed in the context of the second phase of this
rulemaking process.
10 Nuisance algae is best characterized by
Subsection 62–302.200(17), F.A.C.: ‘‘Nuisance
Species’’ shall mean species of flora or fauna whose
noxious characteristics or presence in sufficient
number, biomass, or areal extent may reasonably be
expected to prevent, or unreasonably interfere with,
a designated use of those waters.
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75764
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
recalculations that meet the
requirements of CWA section 303(c) and
EPA’s implementing regulations at 40
CFR part 131. Total maximum daily
load (TMDL) targets submitted to EPA
for consideration as new or revised
WQS would be reviewed under this
SSAC process. This approach is
discussed in more detail in Section V.C
below.
Throughout the development of this
rulemaking, EPA has emphasized the
importance of sound science and
widespread input in developing
numeric criteria. Stakeholders have
reiterated that numeric criteria must be
scientifically sound. As demonstrated
by the extent and detail of scientific
analysis explained below, EPA
continues to strongly agree. Under the
CWA and EPA’s implementing
regulations, numeric criteria must
protect the designated use of a
waterbody (as well as ensure protection
of downstream uses) and must be based
on sound scientific rationale. (See CWA
section 303(c); 40 CFR 131.11). In
Florida, EPA relied upon its published
criteria development methodologies 11
and a substantial body of scientific
analysis, documentation, and
evaluation, much of it provided to EPA
by FDEP. As discussed in more detail
below, EPA believes that the final
criteria in this rule meet requirements
for designated use and downstream
WQS protection under the CWA and
that they are clearly based on sound and
substantial data and analyses.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
B. Which water bodies are affected by
this rule?
The criteria in this final rulemaking
apply to a group of inland waters of the
United States within Florida.
Specifically, as defined below, these
criteria apply to lakes and springs
throughout Florida, and flowing waters
(e.g., rivers, streams, canals, etc.) located
outside of the South Florida Region. For
purposes of this rule, EPA has
distinguished South Florida as those
areas south of Lake Okeechobee and the
Caloosahatchee River watershed to the
west of Lake Okeechobee and the St.
Lucie watershed to the east of Lake
11 USEPA. 2000a. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Lakes and Reserviors. EPA–822–
B–00–001. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington, DC. USEPA. 2000b.
Nutrient Criteria Technical Guidance Manual:
Rivers and Streams. EPA–822–B–00–002. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Water,
Washington, DC.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
Okeechobee, hereinafter referred to as
the South Florida Region. In this
section, EPA defines the water bodies
affected by this rule with respect to the
Clean Water Act, Florida Administrative
Code, and geographic scope in Florida.
Because this regulation applies to
inland waters, EPA defines fresh water
as it applies to the affected water bodies.
The CWA requires adoption of WQS
for ‘‘navigable waters.’’ CWA section
303(c)(2)(A). The CWA defines
‘‘navigable waters’’ to mean ‘‘the waters
of the United States, including the
territorial seas.’’ CWA section 502(7).
Whether a particular waterbody is a
water of the United States is a
waterbody-specific determination. Every
waterbody that is a water of the United
States requires WQS under the CWA.
EPA is not aware of any waters of the
United States in Florida that are
currently exempted from the State’s
WQS. For any privately-owned water in
Florida that is a water of the United
States, the applicable numeric criteria
for those types of waters would apply.
This rule does not apply to waters for
which the Miccosukee Tribe of Indians
or Seminole Tribe of Indians has
obtained Treatment in the Same Manner
as a State status for Sections 303 and
401 of the CWA, pursuant to Section
518 of the CWA.
EPA’s final rule defines ‘‘lakes and
flowing waters’’ (a phrase that includes
lakes, streams, and springs) to mean
inland surface waters that have been
classified as Class I (Potable Water
Supplies) or Class III (Recreation,
Propagation and Maintenance of a
Healthy, Well-Balanced Population of
Fish and Wildlife) water bodies
pursuant to Section 62–302.400, F.A.C.,
which are predominantly fresh waters,
excluding wetlands. Class I and Class III
surface waters share water quality
criteria established to ‘‘protect recreation
and the propagation and maintenance of
a healthy, well-balanced population of
fish and wildlife’’ pursuant to
Subsection 62–302.400(4), F.A.C.12
Geographically, the regulation applies
to all lakes and springs throughout
Florida. EPA is not finalizing numeric
criteria for Florida’s streams or canals in
south Florida at this time. As noted
12 Class I waters also include an applicable nitrate
limit of 10 mg/L and nitrite limit of 1 mg/L for the
protection of human health in drinking water
supplies. The nitrate limit applies at the entry point
to the distribution system (i.e., after any treatment);
see Chapter 62–550, F.A.C., for additional details.
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
above, EPA has distinguished South
Florida as those areas south of Lake
Okeechobee and the Caloosahatchee
River watershed to the west of Lake
Okeechobee and the St. Lucie watershed
to the east of Lake Okeechobee,
hereinafter referred to as the South
Florida Region. The Agency will
propose criteria for south Florida
flowing waters in conjunction with
criteria for Florida’s estuarine and
coastal waters by November 14, 2011.
Consistent with Section 62–302.200,
F.A.C., EPA’s final rule defines
‘‘predominantly fresh waters’’ to mean
surface waters in which the chloride
concentration at the surface is less than
1,500 milligrams per liter (mg/L).
Consistent with Section 62–302.200,
F.A.C., EPA’s final rule defines ‘‘surface
water’’ to mean ‘‘water upon the surface
of the earth, whether contained in
bounds created naturally, artificially, or
diffused. Water from natural springs
shall be classified as surface water when
it exits from the spring onto the earth’s
surface.’’ In this rulemaking, EPA is
promulgating numeric criteria for the
following waterbody types: lakes,
streams, and springs. EPA’s final rule
also includes definitions for each of
these waters. ‘‘Lake’’ means a slowmoving or standing body of freshwater
that occupies an inland basin that is not
a stream, spring, or wetland. ‘‘Stream’’
means a free-flowing, predominantly
fresh surface water in a defined channel,
and includes rivers, creeks, branches,
canals, freshwater sloughs, and other
similar water bodies. ‘‘Spring’’ means a
site at which ground water flows
through a natural opening in the ground
onto the land surface or into a body of
surface water. Consistent with Section
62–312.020, F.A.C., ‘‘canal’’ means a
trench, the bottom of which is normally
covered by water with the upper edges
of its two sides normally above water.
C. What entities may be affected by this
rule?
Citizens concerned with water quality
in Florida may be interested in this
rulemaking. Entities discharging
nitrogen or phosphorus to lakes and
flowing waters of Florida could be
indirectly affected by this rulemaking
because WQS are used in determining
National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES) permit
limits. Categories and entities that may
ultimately be affected include:
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
75765
Category
Examples of potentially affected entities
Industry ............................................
Municipalities ...................................
Stormwater Management Districts ..
Industries discharging pollutants to lakes and flowing waters in the State of Florida.
Publicly-owned treatment works discharging pollutants to lakes and flowing waters in the State of Florida.
Entities responsible for managing stormwater runoff in Florida.
This table is not intended to be
exhaustive, but rather provides a guide
for entities that may be directly or
indirectly affected by this action. This
table lists the types of entities of which
EPA is now aware that potentially could
be affected by this action. Other types of
entities not listed in the table, such as
nonpoint source contributors to
nitrogen/phosphorus pollution in
Florida’s waters may be affected through
implementation of Florida’s water
quality standards program (i.e., through
Basin Management Action Plans
(BMAPs)). Any parties or entities
conducting activities within watersheds
of the Florida waters covered by this
rule, or who rely on, depend upon,
influence, or contribute to the water
quality of the lakes and flowing waters
of Florida, may be affected by this rule.
To determine whether your facility or
activities may be affected by this action,
you should carefully examine the
language in 40 CFR 131.43, which is the
final rule. If you have questions
regarding the applicability of this action
to a particular entity, consult the person
listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT section.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
D. How can I get copies of this
document and other related
information?
1. Docket. EPA has established an
official public docket for this action
under Docket Id. No. EPA–HQ–OW–
2009–0596. The official public docket
consists of the document specifically
referenced in this action, any public
comments received, and other
information related to this action.
Although a part of the official docket,
the public docket does not include CBI
or other information whose disclosure is
restricted by statute. The official public
docket is the collection of materials that
is available for public viewing at the
OW Docket, EPA West, Room 3334,
1301 Constitution Ave., NW.,
Washington, DC 20004. This Docket
Facility is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30
p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding
legal holidays. The Docket telephone
number is 202–566–2426. A reasonable
fee will be charged for copies.
2. Electronic Access. You may access
this Federal Register document
electronically through the EPA Internet
under the ‘‘Federal Register’’ listings at
https://www.epa.gov/fedrgstr/.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:56 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
An electronic version of the public
docket is available through EPA’s
electronic public docket and comment
system, EPA Dockets. You may use EPA
Dockets at https://www.regulations.gov to
view public comments, access the index
listing of the contents of the official
public docket, and to access those
documents in the public docket that are
available electronically. For additional
information about EPA’s public docket,
visit the EPA Docket Center homepage
at https://www.epa.gov/epahome/
dockets.htm. Although not all docket
materials may be available
electronically, you may still access any
of the publicly available docket
materials through the Docket Facility
identified in Section I.C(1).
II. Background
A. Nitrogen/Phosphorus Pollution
1. What is nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution?
Excess loading of nitrogen and
phosphorus compounds,13 is one of the
most prevalent causes of water quality
impairment in the United States.
Nitrogen/phosphorus pollution
problems have been recognized for some
time in the U.S., for example a 1969
report by the National Academy of
Sciences 14 notes ‘‘[t]he pollution
problem is critical because of increased
population, industrial growth,
intensification of agricultural
production, river-basin development,
recreational use of waters, and domestic
and industrial exploitation of shore
properties. Accelerated eutrophication
causes changes in plant and animal
life—changes that often interfere with
use of water, detract from natural
beauty, and reduce property values.’’
Inputs of nitrogen and phosphorus lead
to over-enrichment in many of the
Nation’s waters and constitute a
13 To
be used by living organisms, nitrogen gas
must be fixed into its reactive forms; for plants,
either nitrate or ammonia (Boyd, C.E. 1979. Water
Quality in Warmwater Fish Ponds. Auburn
University: Alabama Agricultural Experiment
Station, Auburn, AL). Eutrophication is defined as
the natural or artificial addition of nitrogen/
phosphorus to bodies of water and to the effects of
added nitrogen/phosphorus (National Academy of
Sciences (U.S.). 1969. Eutrophication: Causes,
Consequences, Correctives. National Academy of
Sciences, Washington, DC.)
14 National Academy of Sciences (U.S.). 1969.
Eutrophication: Causes, Consequences, Correctives.
National Academy of Sciences, Washington, DC.
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
widespread, persistent, and growing
problem. Nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution in fresh water systems can
significantly impact aquatic life and
long-term ecosystem health, diversity,
and balance. More specifically, high
nitrogen and phosphorus loadings result
in harmful algal blooms (HABs),
reduced spawning grounds and nursery
habitats, fish kills, and oxygen-starved
hypoxic or ‘‘dead’’ zones. Public health
concerns related to nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution include impaired surface and
groundwater drinking water sources
from high levels of nitrates, possible
formation of disinfection byproducts in
drinking water, and increased exposure
to toxic microbes such as
cyanobacteria.15 16 Degradation of water
bodies from nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution can result in economic
consequences. For example, given that
fresh and salt water fishing in Florida
are significant recreational and tourist
attractions generating over six billion
dollars annually,17 changes in Florida’s
waters that degrade water quality to the
point that sport fishing populations are
affected, will also affect this important
part of Florida’s economy. Elevated
nitrogen/phosphorus levels can occur
locally in a stream or groundwater, or
can accumulate much further
downstream leading to degraded lakes,
reservoirs, and estuaries where fish and
aquatic life can no longer survive.
Excess nitrogen/phosphorus in water
bodies comes from many sources, which
can be grouped into five major
categories: (1) Urban stormwater
runoff—sources associated with urban
land use and development, (2)
municipal and industrial waste water
discharges, (3) row crop agriculture, (4)
livestock production, and (5)
atmospheric deposition from the
production of nitrogen oxides in electric
15 Villanueva, C.M. et al., 2006. Bladder Cancer
and Exposure to Water Disinfection By-Products
through Ingestion, Bathing, Showering, and
Swimming in Pools. American Journal of
Epidemiology 165(2):148–156.
16 USEPA. 2009. What is in Our Drinking Water?.
United States Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Research and Development. https://
www.epa.gov/extrmurl/research/process/
drinkingwater.html. Accessed December 2009.
17 Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation
Commission. 2010. The economic impact of
freshwater fishing in Florida. https://www.myfwc.
com/CONSERVATION/Conservation_Valueof
Conservation_EconFreshwaterImpact.htm.
Accessed August 2010.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75766
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
power generation and internal
combustion engines. These sources
contribute significant loadings of
nitrogen and phosphorus to surface
waters, causing major impacts to aquatic
ecosystems and significant imbalances
in the natural populations of flora and
fauna.18 19
2. Adverse Impacts of Nitrogen/
Phosphorus Pollution on Aquatic Life,
Human Health, and the Economy
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
Fish, shellfish, and wildlife require
clean water for survival. Changes in the
environment resulting from elevated
nitrogen/phosphorus levels (such as
algal blooms, toxins from harmful algal
blooms, and hypoxia/anoxia) can cause
a variety of effects. The causal pathways
that lead from human activities to
excess nutrients to impacts on
designated uses in lakes and streams are
well established in the scientific
literature (e.g., Streams: Stockner and
Shortreed 1976, Stockner and Shortreed
1978, Elwood et al. 1981, Horner et al.
1983, Bothwell 1985, Peterson et al.
1985, Moss et al. 1989, Dodds and
Gudder 1992, Rosemond et al. 1993,
Bowling and Baker 1996, Bourassa and
Cattaneo 1998, Francoeur 2001, Biggs
2000, Rosemond et al. 2001, Rosemond
et al. 2002, Slavik et al. 2004, Cross et
al. 2006, Mulholland and Webster 2010;
Lakes: Vollenweider 1968, NAS 1969,
Schindler et al. 1973, Schindler 1974,
Vollenweider 1976, Carlson 1977, Paerl
1988, Elser et al. 1990, Smith et al.
1999, Downing et al. 2001, Smith et al.
2006, Elser et al. 2007).20
18 National Research Council. 2000. Clean coastal
waters: Understanding and reducing the effects of
nutrient pollution. National Academies Press,
Washington, DC; Howarth, R.W., A. Sharpley, and
D. Walker. 2002. Sources of nutrient pollution to
coastal waters in the United States: Implications for
achieving coastal water quality goals. Estuaries
25(4b):656–676; Smith, V.H. 2003. Eutrophication
of freshwater and coastal marine ecosystems.
Environmental Science and Pollution Research
10(2):126–139; Dodds, W.K., W.W. Bouska, J.L.
Eitzmann, T.J. Pilger, K.L. Pitts, A.J. Riley, J.T.
Schloesser, and D.J. Thornbrugh. 2009.
Eutrophication of U.S. freshwaters: Analysis of
potential economic damages. Environmental
Science and Technology 43(1):12–19.
19 State-EPA Nutrient Innovations Task Group.
2009. An Urgent Call to Action: Report of the StateEPA Nutrient Innovations Task Group.
20 For Streams:
Stockner, J.G., and K.R.S. Shortreed. 1976.
Autotrophic production in Carnation Creek, a
coastal rainforest stream on Vancouver Island,
British Columbia. Journal of the Fisheries Research
Board of Canada 33:1553–1563.;
Stockner, J.G., and K.R.S. Shortreed. 1978.
Enhancement of autotrophic production by nutrient
addition in a coastal rainforest stream on Vancouver
Island. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of
Canada 35:28–34.;
Elwood, J.W., J.D. Newbold, A.F. Trimble, and
R.W. Stark. 1981. The limiting role of phosphorus
in a woodland stream ecosystem: effects of P
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:56 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
When excessive nitrogen/phosphorus
loads change a waterbody’s algae and
plant species, the change in habitat and
available food resources can induce
changes affecting an entire food chain.
Algal blooms block sunlight that
submerged grasses need to grow, leading
to a decline of submerged aquatic
vegetation beds and decreased habitat
for juvenile organisms. Algal blooms
can also increase turbidity and impair
the ability of fish and other aquatic life
enrichment on leaf decomposition and primary
producers. Ecology 62:146–158.;
Horner, R.R., E.B. Welch, and R.B. Veenstra.
1983. Development of nuisance periphytic algae in
laboratory streams in relation to enrichment and
velocity. Pages 121–134 in R.G. Wetzel (editor).
Periphyton of freshwater ecosystems. Dr. W. Junk
Publishers, The Hague, The Netherlands.;
Bothwell, M.L. 1985. Phosphorus limitation of
lotic periphyton growth rates: an intersite
comparison using continuous-flow troughs
(Thompson River system, British Columbia).
Limnology and Oceanography 30:527–542.;
Peterson, B.J., J.E. Hobbie, A.E. Hershey, M.A.
Lock, T.E. Ford, J.R. Vestal, V.L. McKinley, M.A.J.
Hullar, M.C. Miller, R.M. Ventullo, and G.S. Volk.
1985. Transformation of a tundra river from
heterotrophy to autotrophy by addition of
phosphorus. Science 229:1383–1386.;
Moss, B., I. Hooker, H. Balls, and K. Manson.
1989. Phytoplankton distribution in a temperate
floodplain lake and river system. I. Hydrology,
nutrient sources and phytoplankton biomass.
Journal of Plankton Research 11:813–835.;
Dodds, W.K., and D.A. Gudder. 1992. The ecology
of Cladophora. Journal of Phycology 28:415–427.;
Rosemond, A. D., P. J. Mulholland, and J. W.
Elwood. 1993. Top-down and bottom-up control of
stream periphyton: Effects of nutrients and
herbivores. Ecology 74:1264–1280.;
Bowling, L.C., and P.D. Baker. 1996. Major
cyanobacterial bloom in the Barwon-Darling River,
Australia, in 1991, and underlying limnological
conditions. Marine and Freshwater Research 47:
643–657.;
Bourassa, N., and A. Cattaneo. 1998. Control of
periphyton biomass in Laurentian streams
(Quebec). Journal of the North American
Benthological Society 17:420–429.;
Francoeur, S.N. 2001. Meta-analysis of lotic
nutrient amendment experiments: detecting and
quantifying subtle responses. Journal of the North
American Benthological Society 20:358–368.;
Biggs, B.J.F. 2000. Eutrophication of streams and
rivers: dissolved nutrient-chlorophyll relationships
for Benthic algae. Journal of the North American
Benthological Society 19:17–31.;
Rosemond, A.D., C.M. Pringle, A. Ramirez, and
M.J. Paul. 2001. A test of top-down and bottom-up
control in a detritus-based food web. Ecology 82:
2279–2293.;
Rosemond, A.D., C.M. Pringle, A. Ramirez, M.J.
Paul, and J.L. Meyer. 2002. Landscape variation in
phosphorus concentration and effects on detritusbased tropical streams. Limnology and
Oceanography 47:278–289.;
Slavik, K., B.J. Peterson, L.A. Deegan, W.B.
Bowden, A.E. Hershey, and J.E. Hobbie. 2004. Longterm responses of the Kuparuk River ecosystem to
phosphorus fertilization. Ecology 85:939—954.;
Cross, W.F., J.B. Wallace, A.D. Rosemond, and
S.L. Eggert. 2006. Whole-system nutrient
enrichment Increases secondary production in a
detritus-based ecoystem. Ecology 87:1556–1565.;
Mulholland, P.J. and J.R. Webster. 2010. Nutrient
dynamics in streams and the role of J–NABS.
Journal of the North American Benthological
Society 29:100–117.;
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to find food.21 Algae can also damage or
clog the gills of fish and invertebrates.22
Excessive algal blooms (those that use
oxygen for respiration during periods
without sunlight) can lead to diurnal
shifts in a waterbody’s production and
consumption of dissolved oxygen (DO)
resulting in reduced DO levels that are
sufficiently low to harm or kill
important recreational species such as
largemouth bass.
Excessive algal growth also
contributes to increased oxygen
consumption associated with
decomposition (e.g. decaying vegetative
matter), in many instances reducing
For Lakes:
Vollenweider, R.A. 1968. Scientific
Fundamentals of the Eutrophication of Lakes and
Flowing Waters, With Particular Reference to
Nitrogen and Phosphorus as Factors in
Eutrophication (Tech Rep DAS/CS/68.27, OECD,
Paris).;
National Academy of Science. 1969.
Eutrophication: Causes, Consequences, Correctives.
National Academy of Science, Washington, DC.;
Schindler D.W., H. Kling, R.V. Schmidt, J.
Prokopowich, V.E. Frost, R.A. Reid, and M. Capel.
1973. Eutrophication of Lake 227 by addition of
phosphate and nitrate: The second, third, and
fourth years of enrichment 1970, 1971, and 1972.
Journal of the Fishery Research Board of Canada
30:1415–1440.;
Schindler D.W. 1974. Eutrophication and
recovery in experimental lakes: Implications for
lake management. Science 184:897–899.;
Vollenweider, R.A. 1976. Advances in Defining
Critical Loading Levels for Phosphorus in Lake
Eutrophication. Memorie dell’Istituto Italiano di
Idrobiologia 33:53–83.;
Carlson R.E. 1977. A trophic State index for lakes.
Limnology and Oceanography 22:361–369.;
Paerl, H.W. 1988. Nuisance phytoplankton
blooms in coastal, estuarine, and inland waters.
Limnology and Oceanography 33:823–847.;
Elser, J.J., E.R. Marzolf, and C.R. Goldman. 1990.
Phosphorus and nitrogen limitation of
phytoplankton growth in the freshwaters of North
America: a review and critique of experimental
enrichments. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and
Aquatic Science 47:1468–1477.;
Smith, V.H., G.D. Tilman, and J.C. Nekola. 1999.
Eutrophication: impacts of excess nutrient inputs
on freshwater, marine, and terrestrial ecosystems.
Environmental Pollution 100:179–196.;
Downing, J.A., S.B. Watson, and E. McCauley.
2001. Predicting cyanobacteria dominance in lakes.
Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Sciences
58:1905–1908.;
Smith, V.H., S.B. Joye, and R.W. Howarth. 2006.
Eutrophication of freshwater and marine
ecosystems. Limnology and Oceanography 51:351–
355.;
Elser, J.J., M.E.S. Bracken, E.E. Cleland, D.S.
Gruner, W.S. Harpole, H. Hillebrand, J.T. Ngai, E.W.
Seabloom, J.B. Shurin, and J.E. Smith. 2007. Global
analysis of nitrogen and phosphorus limitation of
primary production in freshwater, marine, and
terrestrial ecosystems. Ecology Letters 10:1135–
1142.
21 Hauxwell, J., C. Jacoby, T. Frazer, and J.
Stevely. 2001. Nutrients and Florida’s Coastal
Waters: Florida Sea Grant Report No. SGEB–55.
Florida Sea Grant College Program, University of
Florida, Gainesville, FL.
22 NOAA. 2009. Harmful Algal Blooms: Current
Programs Overview. National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration. https://www.cop.noaa.
gov/stressors/extremeevents/hab/default.aspx.
Accessed December 2009.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
oxygen to levels below that needed for
aquatic life to survive and flourish.23 24
Mobile species, such as adult fish, can
sometimes survive by moving to areas
with more oxygen. However, migration
to avoid hypoxia depends on species
mobility, availability of suitable habitat,
and adequate environmental cues for
migration. Less mobile or immobile
species, such as mussels, cannot move
to avoid low oxygen and are often killed
during hypoxic events.25 While certain
mature aquatic animals can tolerate a
range of dissolved oxygen levels that
occur in the water, younger life stages
of species like fish and shellfish often
require higher levels of oxygen to
survive.26 Sustained low levels of
dissolved oxygen cause a severe
decrease in the amount of aquatic life in
hypoxic zones and affect the ability of
aquatic organisms to find necessary food
and habitat.
In freshwater, HABs including, for
example, blue-green algae from the
phylum of bacteria called
cyanobacteria,27 can produce toxins that
have been implicated as the cause of a
number of fish and bird mortalities.28
These toxins have also been tied to the
death of pets and livestock that may be
exposed through drinking contaminated
water or grooming themselves after
bodily exposure.29 Many other States,
and countries for that matter, are
experiencing problems with algal
23 NOAA. 2009. Harmful Algal Blooms: Current
Programs Overview. National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration. https://
www.cop.noaa.gov/stressors/extremeevents/hab/
default.aspx. Accessed December 2009.
24 USGS. 2009. Hypoxia. U.S. Geological Survey.
https://toxics.usgs.gov/definitions/hypoxia.html.
Accessed December 2009.
25 ESA. 2009. Hypoxia. Ecological Society of
America. https://www.esa.org/education_diversity/
pdfDocs/hypoxia.pdf. Accessed December 2009.
26 USEPA. 1986. Ambient Water Quality Criteria
for Dissolved Oxygen Freshwater Aquatic Life.
EPA–800–R–80–906. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Water, Washington DC.
27 CDC. 2010. Facts about cyanobacteria and
cyanobacterial harmful algal blooms. Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention. https://
www.cdc.gov/hab/cyanobacteria/facts.htm.
Accessed August 2010.
28 Ibelings, Bas W. and Karl E. Havens. 2008
Chapter 32: Cyanobacterial toxins: a qualitative
meta-analysis of concentrations, dosage and effects
in freshwater, estuarine and marine biota. In
Cyanobacterial Harmful Algal Blooms: State of the
Science and Research Needs. From the Monograph
of the September 6–10, 2005 International
Symposium on Cyanobacterial Harmful Algal
Blooms (ISOC–HAB) in Durham, NC. https://
www.epa.gov/cyano_habs_symposium/monograph/
Ch32.pdf. Accessed August 19, 2010.
29 WHOI. 2008. HAB Impacts on Wildlife. Woods
Hole Oceanographic Institution. https://
www.whoi.edu/redtide/page.do?pid=9682.
Accessed December 2009.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:56 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
blooms.30 Ohio on September 3, 2010,31
for example, listed eight water bodies as
‘‘Bloom Advisory,’’ 32 six water bodies as
‘‘Toxin Advisory,’’ 33 and two waters as
‘‘No Contact Advisory.’’ 34 Species of
cyanobacteria associated with
freshwater algal blooms include:
Microcystis aeruginosa, Anabaena
circinalis, Anabaena flos-aquae,
Aphanizomenon flos-aquae, and
Cylindrospermopsis raciborskii. The
toxins from cyanobacterial harmful algal
blooms can produce neurotoxins (affect
the nervous system), hepatotoxins
(affect the liver), produce
lipopolysaccharides that affect the
gastrointestinal system, and some are
tumor promoters.35 A recent study
showed that at least one type of
cyanobacteria has been linked to cancer
and tumor growth in animals.36
Cyanobacteria toxins can also pass
through normal drinking water
treatment processes and pose an
increased risk to humans or animals.37
Health and recreational use impacts to
humans result directly from exposure to
elevated nitrogen/phosphorus pollution
levels and indirectly from the
subsequent waterbody changes that
occur from increased nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution (such as algal
blooms and toxins). Direct impacts
include effects to human health through
potentially contaminated drinking
water. Indirect impacts include
30 FDEP. 2010. Blue Green Algae Frequently
Asked Questions. https://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/
bgalgae/faq.htm. Accessed August 2010.
31 Ohio DNR. 2010. News Release September 3,
2010. https://www.epa.state.oh.us/portals/47/nr/
2010/september/9-3samplingresults.pdf. Accessed
September 2010.
32 Defined as: Cautionary advisory to avoid
contact with any algae. Ohio DNR. 2010. News
Release September 3, 2010. https://
www.epa.state.oh.us/portals/47/nr/2010/
september/9-3samplingresults.pdf. Accessed
September 2010.
33 Defined as: Avoid contact with any algae and
direct contact with water. Ohio DNR. 2010. News
Release September 3, 2010. https://
www.epa.state.oh.us/portals/47/nr/2010/
september/9-3samplingresults.pdf. Accessed
September 2010.
34 Defined as: Avoid any and all contact with or
ingestion of the lake water. This includes the
launching of any watercraft on the lake. Ohio DNR.
2010. News Release September 3, 2010. https://
www.epa.state.oh.us/portals/47/nr/2010/
september/9-3samplingresults.pdf. Accessed
September 2010.
35 CDC. 2010. Facts about cyanobacteria and
cyanobacterial harmful algal blooms, Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention. https://
www.cdc.gov/hab/cyanobacteria/facts.htm.
Accessed August 2010.
36 Falconer, I.R., and A.R. Humpage. 2005. Health
Risk Assessment of Cyanobacterial (Blue-green
Algal) Toxins in Drinking Water. International
Journal of Research and Public Health 2(1): 43–50.
37 Carmichael, W.W. 2000. Assessment of BlueGreen Algal Toxins in Raw and Finished Drinking
Water. AWWA Research Foundation, Denver, CO.
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75767
restrictions on recreation (such as
boating and swimming). Algal blooms
can prevent opportunities to swim and
engage in other types of recreation. In
areas where recreation is determined to
be unsafe because of algal blooms,
warning signs are often posted to
discourage human use of the waters.
Nitrate in drinking water can cause
serious health problems for humans,38
especially infants. EPA developed a
Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL) of
10 mg/L for nitrate in drinking water.39
In the 2010 USGS National WaterQuality Assessment Program report,
nitrate was found to be the most
frequently detected nutrient in streams
at concentrations greater than 10 mg/L.
The report also found that
concentrations of nitrate greater than the
MCL of 10 mg/L were more prevalent
and widespread in groundwater used for
drinking water than in streams.40
Florida has adopted EPA’s
recommendations for the nitrate MCL in
Florida’s regulated drinking water
systems and a 10 mg/L criteria for
nitrate in Class I waters. FDEP shares
EPA’s concern regarding blue-baby
syndrome as can be seen in information
FDEP reports on its drinking water
information for the public: ‘‘Nitrate is
used in fertilizer and is found in sewage
and wastes from human and/or farm
animals and generally gets into drinking
water from those activities. Excessive
levels of nitrate in drinking water have
caused serious illness and sometimes
death in infants less than six months of
age 41 * * * EPA has set the drinking
water standard at 10 parts per million
(ppm) [or 10 mg/L] for nitrate to protect
38 For more information, refer to Manassaram,
Deana M., Lorraine C. Backer, and Deborah M. Moll.
2006. A Review of Nitrates in Drinking Water:
Maternal Exposure and Adverse Reproductive and
Developmental Outcomes. Environmental Health
Perspect. 114(3): 320–327.
39 USEPA. 2007. Nitrates and Nitrites: TEACH
Chemical Summary. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency. https://www.epa.gov/teach/chem_summ/
Nitrates_summary.pdf. Accessed December 2009.
40 Dubrovsky, N.M., Burow, K.R., Clark, G.M.,
Gronberg, J.M., Hamilton P.A., Hitt, K.J., Mueller,
D.K., Munn, M.D., Nolan, B.T., Puckett, L.J., Rupert,
M.G., Short, T.M., Spahr, N.E., Sprague, L.A., and
Wilber, W.G. 2010. The quality of our Nation’s
waters—Nutrients in the Nation’s streams and
groundwater, 1992–2004: U.S. Geological Survey
Circular 1350, 174p. Available electronically at:
https://water.usgs.gov/nawqa/nutrients/pubs/
circ1350.
41 The serious illness in infants is caused because
nitrate is converted to nitrite in the body. Nitrite
interferes with the oxygen carrying capacity of the
child’s blood. This is an acute disease in that
symptoms can develop rapidly in infants. In most
cases, health deteriorates over a period of days.
Symptoms include shortness of breath and blueness
of the skin. (source: FDEP. 2010. Drinking Water:
Inorganic Contaminants. Florida Department of
Environmental Protection. https://
www.dep.state.fl.us/water/drinkingwater/
inorg_con.htm. Accessed September 2010.)
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75768
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
against the risk of these adverse
effects 42 * * * Drinking water that
meets the EPA standard is associated
with little to none of this risk and is
considered safe with respect to
nitrate.’’ 43
Human health can also be impacted
by disinfection byproducts formed
when disinfectants (such as chlorine)
used to treat drinking water react with
organic carbon (from the algae in source
waters). Some disinfection byproducts
have been linked to rectal, bladder, and
colon cancers; reproductive health risks;
and liver, kidney, and central nervous
system problems.44 45
Economic losses from algal blooms
and harmful algal blooms can include
increased costs for drinking water
treatment, reduced property values for
streams and lakefront areas, commercial
fishery losses, and lost revenue from
recreational fishing, boating trips, and
other tourism-related businesses.
In terms of increased costs for
drinking water treatment, for example,
in 1991, Des Moines (Iowa) Water
Works constructed a $4 million ion
exchange facility to remove nitrate from
its drinking water supply. This facility
was designed to be used an average of
35–40 days per year to remove excess
nitrate levels at a cost of nearly $3000
per day.46
Fremont, Ohio (a city of
approximately 20,000) has experienced
high levels of nitrate from its source, the
Sandusky River, resulting in numerous
drinking water use advisories. An
estimated $15 million will be needed to
build a reservoir (and associated piping)
that will allow for selective withdrawal
from the river to avoid elevated levels
42 EPA has also set a drinking water standard for
nitrite at 1 mg/L. To allow for the fact that the
toxicity of nitrate and nitrite are additive, EPA has
also established a standard for the sum of nitrate
and nitrite at 10 mg/L. (source: FDEP. 2010.
Drinking Water: Inorganic Contaminants. Florida
Department of Environmental Protection. https://
www.dep.state.fl.us/water/drinkingwater/
inorg_con.htm. Accessed September 2010.)
43 FDEP. 2010. Drinking Water: Inorganic
Contaminants. Florida Department of
Environmental Protection. https://
www.dep.state.fl.us/water/drinkingwater/
inorg_con.htm. Accessed September 2010.
44 USEPA. 2009. National Primary Drinking Water
Regulations. Contaminants. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency. Accessed https://www.epa.gov/
safewater/hfacts.html. December 2009.
45 National Primary Drinking Water Regulations:
Stage 2 Disinfectants and Disinfection Byproducts
Rule, 40 CFR parts 9, 141, and 142. U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, FR 71:2 (January
4, 2006). pp. 387–493. Available electronically at:
https://www.epa.gov/fedrgstr/EPA-WATER/2006/
January/Day-04/w03.htm. Accessed December
2009.
46 Jones, C.S., D. Hill, and G. Brand. 2007. Use a
multifaceted approach to manage high sourcewater
nitrate. Opflow June pp. 20–22.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
of nitrate, as well as to provide
storage.47
In regulating allowable levels of
chlorophyll a in Oklahoma drinking
water reservoirs, the Oklahoma Water
Resources Board estimated that the
long-term cost savings in drinking water
treatment for 86 systems would range
between $106 million and $615 million
if such regulations were implemented.48
3. Nitrogen/Phosphorus Pollution in
Florida
Florida’s flat topography causes water
to move slowly over the landscape,
allowing ample opportunity for nitrogen
and phosphorus to dissolve and
eutrophication responses to develop.
Florida’s warm and wet, yet sunny,
climate further contributes to increased
run-off and ideal temperatures for
subsequent eutrophication responses.49
As outlined in the EPA January 2009
determination and the January 2010
proposal, water quality degradation
resulting from excess nitrogen and
phosphorus loadings is a documented
and significant environmental issue in
Florida. FDEP notes in its 2008
Integrated Water Quality Assessment
that nutrient pollution poses several
challenges in Florida. For example, the
FDEP 2008 Integrated Water Quality
Assessment notes: ‘‘the close connection
between surface and ground water, in
combination with the pressures of
continued population growth,
accompanying development, and
extensive agricultural operations,
present Florida with a unique set of
challenges for managing both water
quality and quantity in the future. After
trending downward for 20 years,
beginning in 2000 phosphorus levels
again began moving upward, likely due
to the cumulative impacts of nonpoint
source pollution associated with
increased population and development.
Increasing pollution from urban
stormwater and agricultural activities is
having other significant effects. In many
springs across the State, for example,
nitrate levels have increased
dramatically (twofold to threefold) over
the past 20 years, reflecting the close
link between surface and ground
water.’’ 50 To clarify current nitrogen/
47 Taft, Jim, Association of State Drinking Water
Administrators (ASDWA). 2009. Personal
Communication.
48 Moershel, Philip, Oklahoma Water Resources
Board (OWRB) and Mark Derischweiler, Oklahoma
Department of Environmental Quality (ODEQ).
2009. Personal Communication.
49 Perry, W. B. 2008. Everglades restoration and
water quality challenges in south Florida.
Ecotoxicology 17:569–578.
50 FDEP. 2008. Integrated Water Quality
Assessment for Florida: 2008 305(b) Report and
303(d) List Update.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
phosphorus pollution conditions in
Florida, EPA analyzed recent STORET
data pulled from Florida’s Impaired
Waters Rule (IWR),51 (which are the
data Florida uses to create its integrated
reports) and found increasing levels of
nitrogen and phosphorus compounds in
Florida waters over the past 12 years
(1996–2008). Florida’s IWR STORET
data indicates that levels of total
nitrogen have increased from a Statewide average of 1.06 mg/L in 1996 to
1.27 mg/L in 2008 and total phosphorus
levels have increased from an average of
0.108 mg/L in 1996 to 0.151 mg/L in
2008.
The combination of the factors
reported by FDEP and listed above
(including population increase, climate,
stormwater runoff, agriculture, and
topography) has contributed to
significant nitrogen/phosphorus effects
to Florida’s waters.52 For example,
newspapers in Florida regularly report
about impacts associated with nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution; recent examples
include reports of algal blooms and fish
kills in the St Johns River 53 and reports
of white foam associated with algal
blooms lining parts of the St. Johns
River.54 Spring releases of water from
Lake Okeechobee into the St Lucie
Canal, necessitated by high lake levels
due to rainfall, resulted in reports of
floating mats of toxic Microcystis
aeruginosa that prompted Martin and St
Lucie county health departments to
issue warnings to the public.55
The 2008 Integrated Water Quality
Assessment lists nutrients as the fourth
major source of impairment for rivers
and streams in Florida (after dissolved
oxygen, mercury in fish, and fecal
coliforms). For lakes and estuaries,
nutrients are ranked first and second,
respectively. These same rankings are
also confirmed in FDEP’s latest 2010
Integrated Water Quality Assessment.
51 IWR
Run 40. Updated through February 2010.
2008. Integrated Water Quality
Assessment for Florida: 2008 305(b) Report and
303(d) List Update.
53 Patterson, S. 2010, July 23. St John’s River
Looks Sick. Florida Times Union. https://
jacksonville.com/news/metro/2010-07-23/story/stjohns-looks-sick-nelson-says. Accessed September
2010.
54 Patterson, S. 2010, July 21. Foam on St. John’s
River Churns Up Environmental Interest. Florida
Times Union. https://jacksonville.com/news/metro/
2010-07-21/story/foam-st-johns-churnsenvironmental-questions. Accessed October 2010.
55 Killer, E. 2010, June 10. Blue-green Algae
Found Floating Near Palm City as Lake Okeechobee
Releases Continue. Treasure Coast Times. https://
www.tcpalm.com/news/2010/jun/10/blue-greenalgae-found-floating-near-palm-city-o/. Accessed
October 2010.
52 FDEP.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
According to FDEP’s 2008 Integrated
Water Quality Assessment,56
approximately 1,049 miles of rivers and
streams, 349,248 acres of lakes, and 902
square miles of estuaries are impaired
by nutrients in the State. To put this in
context and as noted above,
approximately 5% of the total assessed
river and stream miles, 23% of the total
assessed lake acres, and 24% of the total
assessed square miles of estuaries are
impaired for nutrients according to the
2008 Integrated Report.57 In recent
published listings of impairments for
2010, Florida Department of
Environmental Protection lists nutrient
impairments in 1,918 stream miles
(about 8% of the total assessed stream
miles), 378,435 lake acres (about 26% of
total assessed lake acres), and 569
square miles of estuaries (about 21% of
total assessed estuarine square miles).58
Compared to FDEP’s 2008 Integrated
Water Quality Assessment, the 2010
Integrated Water Quality Assessment
shows an increase in nutrient
impairments for rivers and streams
(from approximately 1000 miles to 1918
miles) and lakes (from approximately
350,000 lake acres to 378,435 lake
acres). While the square miles of
estuaries identified as impaired by
nutrients decreased from 2008 to 2010
(from approximately 900 to 569 square
miles), the 2010 Integrated Water
Quality Assessment notes that all square
miles of estuaries in the report were
decreased based on improved GIS
techniques and corrected waterbody
descriptions.59 Consequently, the
decrease in estuarine square miles
identified as impaired by nutrients in
2010 does not necessarily reflect a
corresponding decrease in nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution affecting Florida’s
estuarine water bodies.
FDEP has expressed concern about
nitrogen/phosphorus pollution in
Florida surface waters,60 in addition to
56 FDEP. 2008. Integrated Water Quality
Assessment for Florida: 2008 305(b) Report and
303(d) List Update.
57 FDEP. 2008. Integrated Water Quality
Assessment for Florida: 2008 305(b) Report and
303(d) List Update.
58 FDEP. 2010. Integrated Water Quality
Assessment for Florida: 2010 305(b) Report and
303(d) List Update.
59 FDEP. 2010. Integrated Water Quality
Assessment for Florida: 2010 305(b) Report and
303(d) List Update.
60 ‘‘While significant progress has been made in
reducing nutrient loads from point sources and
from new development, nutrient loading and the
resulting harmful algal blooms continue to be an
issue. The occurrence of blue-green algae is natural
and has occurred throughout history; however, algal
blooms caused by nutrient loading from fertilizer
use, together with a growing population and the
resulting increase in residential landscapes, are an
ongoing concern.’’ FDEP. 2010. Integrated Water
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
concerns about freshwater harmful algal
blooms and the potential for adverse
human health impacts as noted in
FDEP’s 2008 Integrated Water Quality
Assessment.61 This concern is
underscored by a toxic blue-green algae
bloom that occurred north of the
Franklin Lock on the Caloosahatchee
River in mid-June 2008. The Olga Water
Treatment Plant, which obtains its
source water from the Caloosahatchee
and provides drinking water for 30,000
people, was forced to temporarily shut
down as a result of this bloom.62
There has also been an increase in the
level of pollutants, especially nitrate, in
groundwater over the past decades.63
The Florida Geological Survey
concluded that ‘‘The presence of nitrate
and the other nitrogenous compounds
in ground water, is not considered in
Florida to be a result of interaction of
aquifer system water with surrounding
rock materials. Nitrate in ground water
is a result of specific land uses.’’ 64
Historically, nitrate+nitrite
concentrations in Florida’s spring
discharges were estimated to have been
around 0.05 mg/L or less, which is
sufficiently low to restrict growth of
algae and vegetation under ‘‘natural’’
conditions.65 Of 125 spring vents
sampled by the Florida Geological
Survey in 2001–2002, 42% had
nitrate+nitrite concentrations exceeding
0.50 mg/L and 24% had concentrations
greater than 1.0 mg/L.66 In the same
Quality Assessment for Florida: 2010 305(b) Report
and 303(d) List Update.
61 ‘‘Freshwater harmful algal blooms (HABs) are
increasing in frequency, duration, and magnitude
and therefore may be a significant threat to surface
drinking water resources and recreational areas.
Abundant populations of blue-green algae, some of
them potentially toxigenic, have been found
statewide in numerous lakes and rivers. In addition,
measured concentrations of cyanotoxins—a few of
them of above the suggested guideline levels—have
been reported in finished water from some drinking
water facilities.’’ FDEP. 2008. Integrated Water
Quality Assessment for Florida: 2008 305(b) Report
and 303(d) List Update.
62 Peltier, M. 2008. Group files suit to enforce EPA
water standards. Naples News. https://
news.caloosahatchee.org/docs/
NaplesNews_080717.htm. Accessed August 2010.
63 Scott, T.M., G.H. Means, R.P. Meegan, R.C.
Means, S.B. Upchurch, R.E. Copeland, J. Jones, T.
Roberts, and A. Willet. 2004. Springs of Florida.
Bulletin No. 66. Florida Geological Survey,
Tallahassee, FL. 677 pp.
64 FL Geological Survey. 1992. Special
Publication No. 34, Florida’s Ground Water Quality
Monitoring Program, (nitrate-pp 36–6).
65 Maddox, G.L., J.M. Lloyd, T.M. Scott, S.B.
Upchurch and R. Copeland. 1992. Florida’s
Groundwater Quality Monitoring Program—
Background Hydrochemistry. Florida Geological
Survey Special Publication No. 34, Tallahassee, FL.
66 Scott, T.M., G.H. Means, R.P. Meegan, R.C.
Means, S.B. Upchurch, R.E. Copeland, J. Jones, T.
Roberts, and A. Willet. 2004. Springs of Florida.
Bulletin No. 66. Florida Geological Survey,
Tallahassee, FL. 677 pp.
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75769
study, mean nitrate+nitrite levels in 13
first-order springs were observed to
have increased from 0.05 mg/L to 0.9
mg/L between 1970 and 2002. Overall,
data suggest that nitrate+nitrite
concentrations in many spring
discharges have increased by an order of
magnitude or a factor of 10 over the past
50 years, with the level of increase
closely correlated with anthropogenic
activity and land use changes within the
karst regions of Florida where springs
most often occur.67
Nitrates are found in ground water
and wells in Florida, ranging from the
detection limit of 0.02 mg/L to over 20
mg/L. Monitoring of Florida Public
Water Supplies from 2004–2009
indicates that exceedances of nitrate
maximum contaminant levels (MCL)
(which are measured at the entry point
of the distribution system and represent
treated drinking water from a supplier)
reported by drinking water plants in
Florida ranged from 34–40 annually,
during this period.68
About 10% of Florida residents
receive their drinking water from a
private well or small public source not
inventoried under public supply.69 A
study in the late 1980s conducted by
Florida Department of Agriculture and
Consumer Services (FDACS) and FDEP,
analyzed 3,949 shallow drinking water
wells for nitrate.70 71 Nitrate was
detected in 2,483 (63%) wells, with 584
wells (15%) above the MCL of 10 mg/
L. Of the 584 wells that exceeded the
MCL, 519 were located in Lake, Polk,
67 Katz, B.G., H.D. Hornsby, J.F. Bohlke and M.F.
Mokray. 1999. Sources and chronology of nitrate
contamination in spring water, Suwannee River
Basin, Florida. Water-Resources Investigations
Report 99–4252. U.S. Geological Survey,
Tallahassee, FL. Available electronically at: https://
fl.water.usgs.gov/PDF_files/wri99_4252_katz.pdf.
Scott, T.M., G.H. Means, R.P. Meegan, R.C.
Means, S.B. Upchurch, R.E. Copeland, J. Jones, T.
Roberts, and A. Willet. 2004. Springs of Florida.
Bulletin No. 66. Florida Geological Survey,
Tallahassee, FL. 677 pp.
68 FDEP. 2009. Chemical Data for 2004, 2005,
2006, 2007 2008, and 2009. Florida Department of
Environmental Protection. https://
www.dep.state.fl.us/water/drinkingwater/
chemdata.htm. Accessed January 2010.
69 Marella, R.L. 2009. Water Withdrawals, Use,
and Trends in Florida, 2005. Scientific
Investigations Report 2009–5125. U.S. Geological
Survey, Reston, VA.
70 Southern Regional Water Program. 2010.
Drinking Water and Human Health in Florida.
https://srwqis.tamu.edu/florida/programinformation/florida-target-themes/drinking-waterand-human-health.aspx. Accessed January 2010.
71 T.A. Obreza and K.T. Morgan. 2008. Nutrition
of Florida Citrus Trees 15 months after publication
of the final rule, except for the Federal site-specific
alternative criteria (SSAC) procedure in section
131.43(e) of the rule which will go into effect 60
days after publication. 2nd ed. SL 253. University
of Florida, IFAS Extension. https://edis.ifas.ufl.edu/
pdffiles/SS/SS47800.pdf. Accessed September
2010.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75770
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
and Highland counties located in
Central Florida. Results of monitoring
conducted between 1999 and 2003 in a
network of wells in that area indicated
that of the 31 monitoring wells, 90%
exceeded the nitrate drinking-water
standard of 10 mg/L one or more
times.72 73 FDEP monitored this same
area (the VISA monitoring network) in
1990, 1993, and 1996, analyzing
samples from 15–17 wells each cycle
and reported median concentrations
ranging from 17 to 20 mg/L nitrate,
depending on the year.74 Some areas of
Florida tend to be more susceptible to
groundwater impacts from nitrogen
pollution, especially those that have
sandy soils, have high hydraulic
conductivity, and have overlying land
uses that are subject to applications of
fertilizers and animal or human
wastes.75 For example, USGS reports
that in Highland county, highly
developed suburban and agricultural
areas tend to have levels of nitrates in
the surficial groundwater that approach
and can exceed the State primary
drinking water standard of 10 mg/L for
public water systems. Other areas in
Highland county that are less developed
tend to have much lower levels of
nitrates in the surficial groundwater,
often below detection levels.
The Floridian aquifer system is one of
the largest sources of ground water in
the U.S., and serves as a primary source
of drinking water in Northern Florida.
The Upper Floridian aquifer is
unconfined or semiconfined in areas in
Northern Florida, but is also confined
by the overlying surficial aquifer system
which is used for water supply. Wells
in unconfined areas of the Upper
Floridian aquifer tested in northern
Florida had nitrate levels higher than 1
mg/L in 40% of wells; 17% of samples
from the semiconfined area had nitrate
levels above 1 mg/L. In both aquifer
systems this indicates the widespread
impact of nitrate on groundwater quality
72 T.A. Obreza and K.T. Morgan. 2008. Nutrition
of Florida Citrus Trees. 2nd ed. SL 253. University
of Florida, IFAS Extension. https://edis.ifas.ufl.edu/
pdffiles/SS/SS47800.pdf. Accessed September
2010.
73 USGS. 2009, November. Overview of
Agricultural Chemicals: Pesticides and Nitrate.
https://fl.water.usgs.gov/Lake_Wales_Ridge/html/
overview_of_agrichemicals.html. Accessed
September 2010.
74 FDEP. 1998. Ground Water Quality and
Agricultural Land Use in the Polk County Very
Intense Study Area (VISA). Florida Department of
Environmental Protection, Division of Water
Facilities. https://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/
monitoring/docs/facts/fs9802.pdf. Accessed
September 2010.
75 USGS. 2010. Hydrogeology and Groundwater
Quality of Highlands County, FL. Scientific
Investigations Report 2010–5097. U.S. Geological
Survey, Reston, VA.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
in this area.76 77 This baseline sampling
indicates a pattern of widespread nitrate
occurrence in the Upper Floridian
aquifer from two decades ago. A portion
of these early samples exceeded 10 mg/
L nitrate (25 of the 726 samples taken
from this unconfined or semi-confined
aquifer; 50 of the 421 water samples
from the surficial aquifer).
Growing population trends in Florida
contribute to the significant challenge of
addressing nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution in Florida. Historically, the
State has experienced a rapidly
expanding population. Significantly
growing demographics are considered to
be a strong predictor of nitrogen/
phosphorus loading and associated
effects because of increases in
stormwater runoff from increased
impervious surfaces and increased
wastewater treatment flows both of
which typically contain some level of
nitrogen/phosphorus.78 Florida is
currently the fourth most populous
State in the nation, with an estimated 18
million people.79 The U.S. Census
bureau predicts the Florida population
will exceed 28 million people by 2030,
making Florida the third most populous
State in the U.S.80
B. Statutory and Regulatory Background
Section 303(c) of the CWA (33 U.S.C.
1313(c)) directs States to adopt WQS for
their navigable waters. Section
303(c)(2)(A) and EPA’s implementing
regulations at 40 CFR part 131 require,
among other things, that State WQS
include the designated use or uses to be
made of the waters and criteria that
protect those uses. EPA regulations at 40
CFR 131.11(a)(1) provide that States
shall ‘‘adopt those water quality criteria
that protect the designated use’’ and that
such criteria ‘‘must be based on sound
scientific rationale and must contain
sufficient parameters or constituents to
protect the designated use.’’ As noted
76 Berndt, M.P., 1996. Ground-water quality
assessment of the Georgia-Florida Coastal Plain
study unit—Analysis of available information on
nutrients, 1972–92. Water-Resources Investigations
Report 95–4039. U.S. Geological Survey,
Tallahassee, FL.
77 Berndt, Marian P., 1993. National WaterQuality Assessment Program-Preliminary
assessment of nitrate distribution in ground water
in the Georgia-Florida Coastal Plain Study Unit,
1972–90. Open-File Report 93–478. U.S. Geological
Survey.
78 National Research Council, Committee on
Reducing Stormwater Discharge Contributions to
Water Pollution. 2008. Urban Stormwater
Management in the United States. National
Academies Press, Washington, DC.
79 U.S. Census Bureau. 2009. 2008 Population
Estimates Ranked by State. https://
factfinder.census.gov. Accessed January 2010.
80 U.S. Census Bureau. 2009. 2008 Population
Estimates Ranked by State. https://
factfinder.census.gov. Accessed January 2010.
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
above, 40 CFR 130.10(b) provides that
‘‘[i]n designating uses of a waterbody
and the appropriate criteria for those
uses, the State shall take into
consideration the water quality
standards of downstream waters and
ensure that its water quality standards
provide for the attainment and
maintenance of the water quality
standards of downstream waters.’’
States are also required to review their
WQS at least once every three years and,
if appropriate, revise or adopt new
standards. (See CWA section 303(c)(1)).
Any new or revised WQS must be
submitted to EPA for review and
approval or disapproval. (See CWA
section 303(c)(2)(A)). Finally, CWA
section 303(c)(4)(B) authorizes the
Administrator to determine, even in the
absence of a State submission, that a
new or revised standard is needed to
meet CWA requirements. The criteria
finalized in this rulemaking translate
Florida’s narrative nutrient provision at
Subsection 62–302–530(47)(b), F.A.C.,
into numeric values that apply to lakes
and springs throughout Florida and
flowing waters outside of the South
Florida Region.81
C. Water Quality Criteria
Under CWA section 304(a), EPA
periodically publishes criteria
recommendations (guidance) for use by
States in setting water quality criteria
for particular parameters to protect
recreational and aquatic life uses of
waters. Where EPA has published
recommended criteria, States have the
option of adopting water quality criteria
based on EPA’s CWA section 304(a)
criteria guidance, section 304(a) criteria
guidance modified to reflect sitespecific conditions, or other
scientifically defensible methods. (See
40 CFR 131.11(b)(1)). For nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution, EPA has
published under CWA section 304(a) a
series of peer-reviewed, national
technical approaches and methods
regarding the development of numeric
criteria for lakes and reservoirs,82 rivers
and streams,83 and estuaries and coastal
marine waters.84
81 The criteria finalized in this rulemaking do not
address or translate Florida’s narrative nutrient
provision at Subsection 62–302.530(47)(a), F.A.C.
Subsection 62–302.530(47)(a), F.A.C., remains in
place as an applicable WQS for CWA purposes.
82 USEPA. 2000a. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Lakes and Reservoirs. EPA–822–
B–00–001. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington, DC.
83 USEPA. 2000b. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Rivers and Streams. EPA–822–
B–00–002. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington, DC.
84 USEPA. 2001. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Manual: Estuarine and Coastal Marine Waters.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
EPA based the methodologies used to
develop numeric criteria for Florida in
this regulation on its published
guidance on developing criteria that
identifies three general approaches for
criteria setting. The three types of
empirical analyses provide distinctly
different, independently and
scientifically defensible, approaches for
deriving nutrient criteria from field
data: (1) Reference condition approach
derives candidate criteria from
observations collected in reference
waterbodies, (2) mechanistic modeling
approach represents ecological systems
using equations that represent
ecological processes and parameters for
these equations that can be calibrated
empirically from site-specific data, and
(3) empirical nutrient stressor-response
modeling is used when data are
available to accurately estimate a
relationship between nutrient
concentrations and a response measure
that is directly or indirectly related to a
designated use of the waterbody (e.g., a
biological index or recreational use
measure). Then, nutrient concentrations
that are protective of designated uses
can be derived from the estimated
relationship).85 Each of these three
analytical approaches is appropriate for
deriving scientifically defensible
numeric nutrient criteria when applied
with consideration of method-specific
data needs and available data. In
addition to these empirical approaches,
consideration of established (e.g.,
published) nutrient response thresholds
is also an acceptable approach for
deriving criteria.86
For lakes, EPA used a stressorresponse approach to link nitrogen/
phosphorus concentrations to
predictions of corresponding
chlorophyll a concentrations. EPA used
a reference-based approach for streams,
relying on a comprehensive screening
methodology to identify least-disturbed
EPA–822–B–01–003. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.
85 USEPA. 2000a. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Lakes and Reservoirs. EPA–822–
B–00–001. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington, DC.
USEPA. 2000b. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Rivers and Streams. EPA–822–
B–00–002. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington, DC.
USEPA. 2001. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Estuarine and Coastal Marine
Waters. EPA–822–B–01–003. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington,
DC.
USEPA. 2008. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Wetlands. EPA–822–B–08–001.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
Water, Washington, DC.
86 USEPA. 2000a. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Lakes and Reservoirs. EPA–822–
B–00–001. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington, DC.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
streams as reference streams. For
springs, EPA used algal or nitrogen/
phosphorus thresholds developed under
laboratory conditions and stressorresponse relationships from several field
studies of algal growth in springs. For
each type of waterbody, EPA carefully
considered the available data and
evaluated several lines of evidence to
derive scientifically sound approaches
(as noted above) for developing the final
numeric criteria.
Based on comments received from the
Scientific Advisory Board (SAB), EPA
has modified a draft methodology
guidance document on using stressorresponse relationships for deriving
numeric criteria, which is available as a
final technical guidance document.87 In
addition, the reference-based and algal
or nitrogen/phosphorus threshold
approaches have been peer reviewed
and have been available for many years.
As mentioned above, the criteria
finalized in this rulemaking translate
Florida’s narrative nutrient provision at
Subsection 62–302.530(47)(b), F.A.C.,
(‘‘[i]n no case shall nutrient
concentrations of a body of water be
altered so as to cause an imbalance in
natural populations of aquatic flora or
fauna’’) into numeric values that apply
to lakes and springs throughout the
State and flowing waters outside of the
South Florida Region. EPA believes that
numeric criteria will expedite and
facilitate the effective implementation of
Florida’s existing point and non-point
source water quality programs in terms
of timely water quality assessments,
TMDL development, NPDES permit
issuance and, where needed, Basin
Management Action Plans (BMAPs) to
address nitrogen/phosphorus pollution.
EPA notes that Subsection 62–
302.530(47)(a), F.A.C. (‘‘[t]he discharge
of nutrients shall continue to be limited
as needed to prevent violations of other
standards contained in this chapter.
Man-induced nutrient enrichment (total
nitrogen or total phosphorus) shall be
considered degradation in relation to
the provisions of Sections 62–302.300,
62–302.700, and 62–4.242, F.A.C.’’)
could result in more stringent nitrogen/
phosphorus limits, where necessary to
protect other applicable WQS in
Florida.
D. EPA Determination Regarding
Florida and EPA’s Rulemaking
On January 14, 2009, EPA determined
under CWA section 303(c)(4)(B) that
new or revised WQS in the form of
87 USEPA. 2010. Using Stressor-Response
Relationships to Derive Numeric Nutrient Criteria.
EPA–820–S–10–001. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75771
numeric water quality criteria for
nitrogen/phosphorus pollution are
necessary to meet the requirements of
the CWA in the State of Florida. As
noted above, the portion of Florida’s
currently applicable narrative criterion
translated by this final rule provides, in
part, that ‘‘in no case shall nutrient
concentrations of a body of water be
altered so as to cause an imbalance in
natural populations of aquatic flora or
fauna.’’ (See Subsection 62–
302.530(47)(b), F.A.C.). EPA determined
that Florida’s narrative criterion alone
was insufficient to ensure protection of
applicable designated uses. The
determination recognized that Florida
has a comprehensive regulatory and
non-regulatory administrative water
quality program to address nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution through a water
quality strategy of assessments, nonattainment listing and determinations,
TMDL development, and National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) permit regulations; individual
watershed management plans through
the State’s BMAPs; advanced
wastewater treatment technology-based
requirements under the 1990 GrizzleFigg Act; together with rules to limit
nitrogen/phosphorus pollution in
geographically specific areas like the
Indian River Lagoon System, the
Everglades Protection Area, and Wekiva
Springs. However, the determination
noted that despite Florida’s existing
regulatory and non-regulatory water
quality framework and the State’s
intensive efforts to diagnose nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution and address it on
a time-consuming and resourceintensive case-by-case basis, substantial
water quality degradation from
nitrogen/phosphorus over-enrichment
remains a significant challenge in the
State and conditions are likely to
worsen with continued population
growth and land-use changes.
Overall, the combined impacts of
urban and agricultural activities, along
with Florida’s physical features and
important and unique aquatic
ecosystems, made it clear that the
current reliance on the narrative
criterion alone and a resource-intensive,
site-specific implementation approach,
and the resulting delays that it entails,
do not ensure protection of applicable
designated uses for the many State
waters that either have been listed as
impaired and require loadings
reductions or those that are high quality
and require protection from future
degradation. EPA concluded that
numeric criteria for nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution will enable the
State to take necessary action to protect
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
75772
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
the designated uses in a timely manner
that will ensure protection of the
designated use. The resource-intensive
efforts to interpret the State’s narrative
criterion contribute to substantial delays
in implementing the criterion and,
therefore, undercut the State’s ability to
provide the needed protections for
applicable designated uses. EPA,
therefore, determined that numeric
criteria for nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution are necessary for the State of
Florida to meet the CWA requirement to
have criteria that protect applicable
designated uses. EPA determined that
numeric water quality criteria would
strengthen the foundation for
identifying impaired waters,
establishing TMDLs, and deriving water
quality-based effluent limits in NPDES
permits, thus providing the necessary
protection for the State’s designated
uses in its waters. In addition, numeric
criteria will support the State’s ability to
effectively partner with point and
nonpoint sources to control nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution, thus further
providing the necessary protection for
the designated uses of the State’s water
bodies. EPA’s determination is available
at the following Web site: https://
www.epa.gov/waterscience/standards/
rules/fl-determination.htm.
While Florida continues to work to
implement its watershed management
program, the impairments for nutrient
pollution are increasing as evidenced by
the 2008 and 2010 Integrated Water
Quality Assessment for Florida report
results, and the tools to correct the
impairments (TMDLs and BMAPs) are
not being completed at a pace to keep
up. Numeric criteria can be used as a
definitive monitoring tool to identify
impaired waters and as an endpoint for
TMDLs to establish allowable loads
necessary to correct impairments. When
developing TMDLs, as it does when
determining reasonable potential and
deriving limits in the permitting
context, Florida translates the narrative
criterion into a numeric target that the
State determines is necessary to meet its
narrative criterion and protect
applicable designated uses. This process
involves a site-specific analysis to
determine the nitrogen and phosphorus
concentrations that would ‘‘cause an
imbalance in natural populations of
aquatic flora or fauna’’ in a particular
water.
When deriving NPDES water qualitybased permit limits, Florida initially
conducts a site-specific analysis to
determine whether a proposed
discharge has the reasonable potential to
cause or contribute to an exceedance of
its narrative water quality criterion. The
absence of numeric criteria make this
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
‘‘reasonable potential’’ analysis more
complex, data-intensive, and protracted.
Following a reasonable potential
analysis, the State then evaluates what
levels of nitrogen and phosphorus
would ‘‘cause an imbalance in natural
populations of aquatic flora or fauna’’
and translates those levels into numeric
‘‘targets’’ for the receiving water and any
other affected waters. Determining on a
State-wide, water-by-water basis the
levels of nitrogen and phosphorus that
would ‘‘cause an imbalance in natural
populations of aquatic flora or fauna’’ is
a difficult, lengthy, and data-intensive
undertaking. This work involves
performing detailed location-specific
analyses of the receiving water. If the
State has not already completed this
analysis for a particular waterbody, it
can be very difficult to accurately
determine in the context and timeframe
of the NPDES permitting process. For
example, in some cases, site-specific
data may take several years to collect
and, therefore, may not be available for
a particular waterbody at the time of
permitting issuance or re-issuance.
The January 14, 2009 determination
stated EPA’s intent to propose numeric
criteria for lakes and flowing waters in
Florida within 12 months of the January
14, 2009 determination, and for
estuarine and coastal waters within 24
months of the determination. On August
19, 2009, EPA entered into a Consent
Decree with Florida Wildlife Federation,
Sierra Club, Conservancy of Southwest
Florida, Environmental Confederation of
Southwest Florida, and St. Johns
Riverkeeper, committing to the schedule
stated in EPA’s January 14, 2009
determination to propose numeric
criteria for lakes and flowing waters in
Florida by January 14, 2010, and for
Florida’s estuarine and coastal waters by
January 14, 2011. The Consent Decree
also required that final rules be issued
by October 15, 2010 for lakes and
flowing waters, and by October 15, 2011
for estuarine and coastal waters. FDEP,
independently from EPA, initiated its
own State rulemaking process in the
spring/summer of 2009 to adopt
nutrient water quality standards
protective of Florida’s lakes and flowing
waters. FDEP held several public
workshops on its draft numeric criteria
for lakes and flowing waters. In October
2009, however, FDEP decided not to
bring the draft criteria before the Florida
Environmental Regulation Commission,
as had been previously scheduled.
Pursuant to the Consent Decree, EPA’s
Administrator signed the proposed
numeric criteria for Florida’s lakes and
flowing waters on January 14, 2010,
which was published in the Federal
Register on January 26, 2010. EPA
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
conducted a 90-day public comment
period for this rule that closed on April
28, 2010. During this period, EPA also
conducted 13 public hearing sessions in
6 cities in Florida. EPA received over
22,000 public comments from a variety
of sources, including environmental
groups, municipal wastewater
associations, industry, State agencies,
local governments, agricultural groups,
and private citizens. The comments
addressed a wide range of issues,
including technical analyses, policy
issues, economic costs, and
implementation concerns. In this notice,
EPA explains the inland waters final
rule and provides a summary of major
comments and the Agency’s response in
the sections that describe each of the
provisions of the final rule. EPA has
prepared a detailed ‘‘Comment Response
Document,’’ which includes responses
to the comments contributed during the
public hearing sessions, as well as those
submitted in writing on the proposed
rule, and is located in the docket for this
rule.
On June 7, 2010, EPA and Plaintiffs
filed a joint notice with the Court
extending the deadlines for
promulgating numeric criteria for
Florida’s estuaries and coastal waters,
flowing waters in south Florida
(including canals), and the downstream
protection values for flowing waters into
estuaries and coastal waters. The new
deadlines are November 14, 2011 for
proposing this second phase of criteria,
and August 15, 2012 for publishing a
final rule for these three categories. This
will allow EPA time to hold a public
peer review by EPA’s Scientific
Advisory Board (SAB) of the scientific
methodologies for estuarine and coastal
criteria, flowing waters in south Florida,
and downstream protection values for
estuaries and coastal waters.
Based upon comments and new data
and information received during the
public comment phase of the January
2010 proposed rule, on August 3, 2010
EPA published a supplemental notice of
data availability and request for
comment related to the Agency’s
January 26, 2010 notice of proposed
rulemaking. In its supplemental notice,
EPA solicited comment on a revised
regionalization approach for streams,
additional information and analysis on
least-disturbed sites as part of a
modified benchmark distribution
approach, and additional options for
developing downstream protection
values (DPVs) for lakes. EPA did not
solicit additional comment on any other
provisions of the January 2010 proposal.
EPA received 71 public comments from
a variety of sources, including local and
State governments, industry, and
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
environmental groups. As mentioned
above, EPA provides a summary of
major comments and the Agency’s
response in the sections that describe
each of the provisions of the final rule.
Responses to comments submitted
during the public comment period
associated with the supplemental notice
are also included in EPA’s detailed
‘‘Comment Response Document,’’
located in the docket for this rule.
On October 8, 2010, EPA filed an
unopposed motion with the Court
requesting that the deadline for signing
the final rule be extended to November
14, 2010. The Court granted EPA’s
motion on October 27, 2010. EPA used
this additional time to review and
confirm that all comments were fully
considered.
In accordance with the January 14,
2009 determination, the August 19,
2009 Consent Decree, and the June 7,
2010 and October 27, 2010 revisions to
that Consent Decree, in this final notice
EPA is promulgating final numeric
criteria for streams, lakes, and springs in
the State of Florida.88
III. Numeric Criteria for Streams,
Lakes, and Springs in the State of
Florida
A. General Information
For this final rule, EPA derived
numeric criteria for streams, lakes and
springs to implement Florida
Subsection 62–302.530(47)(b), F.A.C.89
This final rule also includes
downstream protection values (DPVs) to
ensure the attainment and maintenance
of the WQS for downstream lakes.
Derivation of these criteria is based
upon an extensive amount of Floridaspecific data. EPA has carefully
considered numerous comments from a
range of stakeholders and has worked in
close collaboration with FDEP technical
and scientific experts to analyze,
evaluate, and interpret these Floridaspecific data in deriving scientifically
sound numeric criteria for this final
rulemaking.
To support derivation of the final
streams criteria, EPA screened and
evaluated water chemistry data from
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
88 For
purposes of this rule, EPA has
distinguished South Florida as those areas south of
Lake Okeechobee and the Caloosahatchee River
watershed to the west of Lake Okeechobee and the
St. Lucie watershed to the east of Lake Okeechobee,
hereinafter referred to as the South Florida Region.
Numeric criteria applicable to flowing waters in the
South Florida Region will be addressed in the
second phase of EPA’s rulemaking regarding the
establishment of estuarine and coastal numeric
criteria. (Please refer to Section I.B for a discussion
of the water bodies affected by this rule).
89 In no case shall nutrient concentrations of a
body of water be altered so as to cause an imbalance
in natural populations of aquatic flora or fauna.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
more than 11,000 samples from over
6,000 sites statewide. EPA also
evaluated biological data consisting of
more than 2,000 samples from over
1,100 streams. To support derivation of
the final lakes criteria, EPA screened
and evaluated relevant lake data, which
consisted of over 17,000 samples from
more than 1,500 lakes statewide.
Finally, for the final springs criterion,
EPA evaluated and relied on scientific
information and analyses from more
than 40 studies including historical
accounts, laboratory scale dosing
studies and field surveys.
In deriving these final numeric
values, the EPA met and consulted with
FDEP expert scientific and technical
staff on numerous occasions as part of
an ongoing collaborative process. EPA
carefully considered and evaluated the
technical approaches and scientific
analysis that FDEP presented as part of
its July 2009 draft numeric criteria,90 as
well as its numerous comments on
different aspects of this rule. The
Agency also received and carefully
considered substantial stakeholder
input from 13 public hearings in 6
Florida cities. Finally, EPA reviewed
and evaluated further analysis and
information included in more than
22,000 comments on the January 2010
proposal and an additional 71
comments on the August 2010
supplemental notice.
EPA has created a technical support
document that provides detailed
information regarding the
methodologies discussed herein and the
derivation of the final criteria. This
document is entitled ‘‘Technical
Support Document for EPA’s Final Rule
for Numeric Criteria for Nitrogen/
Phosphorus Pollution in Florida’s
Inland Surface Fresh Waters’’ (‘‘EPA
Final Rule TSD for Florida’s Inland
Waters’’ or ‘‘TSD’’) and is part of the
record and supporting documentation
for this final rule. As part of its review
of additional technical and scientific
information, EPA has documented its
consideration of key comments and
issues received from a wide range of
interested parties during the rulemaking
process. This analysis and consideration
is included as part of a comment
response document entitled ‘‘Response
to Comments—EPA’s Numeric Criteria
for Nitrogen/Phosphorus Pollution in
the State of Florida’s Lakes and Flowing
90 FDEP. 2009. Draft Technical Support
Document: Development of Numeric Nutrient
Criteria for Florida’s Lakes and Streams. Florida
Department of Environmental Protection, Standards
and Assessment Section. Available electronically at:
https://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/wqssp/nutrients/
docs/tsd_nutrient_crit.docx. Accessed October
2010.
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75773
Waters’’ that is also part of the record
and supporting documentation for this
final rule.
This section of the preamble describes
EPA’s final numeric criteria for Florida’s
streams (III.B), lakes (III.C), and springs
(III.D), with the associated
methodologies EPA employed to derive
them. Each subsection includes the final
numeric criteria (magnitude, duration,
and frequency) and background
information and supporting analyses.
Section III.E discusses the applicability
and implementation of these final
criteria.
As discussed, the scientific basis for
the derivation of the applicable criteria
for streams, lakes and springs in this
final rule is outlined below and
explained in more detail in the
Technical Support Document
accompanying this rulemaking. The
final criteria and related provisions in
this rule reflect a detailed consideration
and full utilization of the best available
science, data, literature, and analysis
related to the specific circumstances
and contexts for deriving numeric
criteria in the State of Florida. This
includes, but is not limited to, the
substantial quantity and quality of
available data in Florida, Florida’s
regional hydrologic, biological, and land
use characteristics, and the biological
responses in Florida’s surface water
systems.
B. Numeric Criteria for the State of
Florida’s Streams
(1) Final Rule
EPA is promulgating numeric criteria
for TN and TP in five geographically
distinct watershed regions of Florida’s
streams classified as Class I or III waters
under Florida law (Section 62–302.400,
F.A.C.).
TABLE B–1—EPA’S NUMERIC
CRITERIA FOR FLORIDA STREAMS
Nutrient watershed
region
Panhandle West a .....
Panhandle East b ......
North Central c ..........
West Central d ...........
Peninsula e ................
Instream protection
value criteria
TN
(mg/L) *
0.67
1.03
1.87
1.65
1.54
TP
(mg/L) *
0.06
0.18
0.30
0.49
0.12
Watersheds pertaining to each Nutrient Watershed Region (NWR) were based principally
on the NOAA coastal, estuarine, and fluvial
drainage areas with modifications to the
NOAA drainage areas in the West Central and
Peninsula Regions that account for unique watershed geologies. For more detailed information on regionalization and which WBIDs pertain to each NWR, see the Technical Support
Document.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75774
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
a Panhandle West region includes: Perdido
Bay Watershed, Pensacola Bay Watershed,
Choctawhatchee Bay Watershed, St. Andrew
Bay Watershed, Apalachicola Bay Watershed.
b Panhandle
East
region
includes:
Apalachee Bay Watershed, and Econfina/
Steinhatchee Coastal Drainage Area.
c North Central region includes the Suwannee River Watershed.
d West
Central region includes: Peace,
Myakka, Hillsborough, Alafia, Manatee, Little
Manatee River Watersheds, and small, direct
Tampa Bay tributary watersheds south of the
Hillsborough River Watershed.
e Peninsula region includes: Waccasassa
Coastal Drainage Area, Withlacoochee Coastal Drainage Area, Crystal/Pithlachascotee
Coastal Drainage Area, small, direct Tampa
Bay tributary watersheds west of the
Hillsborough River Watershed, Sarasota Bay
Watershed, small, direct Charlotte Harbor tributary watersheds south of the Peace River
Watershed, Caloosahatchee River Watershed,
Estero Bay Watershed, Kissimmee River/Lake
Okeechobee Drainage Area, Loxahatchee/St.
Lucie Watershed, Indian River Watershed,
Daytona/St. Augustine Coastal Drainage Area,
St. John’s River Watershed, Nassau Coastal
Drainage Area, and St. Mary’s River Watershed.
* For a given waterbody, the annual geometric mean of TN or TP concentrations shall
not exceed the applicable criterion concentration more than once in a three-year period.
associated with phosphorus. EPA’s
proposal reflected a conclusion that
these natural factors could best be
represented by separating the
watersheds in the State into four regions
and then using the least-disturbed sites
within those regions to differentiate
between the expected natural
concentrations of TN and TP.
EPA received comments suggesting
that the proposed stream regionalization
be amended to more accurately account
for naturally-high phosphorus soils in
the northern Panhandle, west of the
proposed North Central region.
Specifically, EPA was asked to consider
the westward extent of the Hawthorn
Group, a phosphorus-rich geological
formation that can influence stream
phosphorus concentrations. At
proposal, EPA had taken the Hawthorn
Group into account when it proposed
two distinct stream regions to the east
and south of the panhandle region: the
North Central and the West Central
(formerly called the Bone Valley at
proposal). Following proposal and in
response to these comments, EPA
(2) Background and Analysis
revisited its review of underlying soils
and geology in the Panhandle, itself,
(a) Methodology for Stream
and the relationship of those geological
Classification
characteristics to observed patterns in
In January 2010, EPA proposed to
phosphorus concentrations in streams.
classify Florida’s streams into four
EPA further considered how well such
regions (referred to in the proposed rule
a revised regionalization explained
as ‘‘Nutrient Watershed Regions’’) for
observed variability in TP
application of TN and TP criteria. This
concentrations relative to the proposed
proposal was based upon the premise
regionalization. EPA concluded that a
that streams within each of these
revised regional classification
regions (Panhandle, Bone Valley,
subdividing the proposed Panhandle
Peninsula and North Central) reflect
region into a western and eastern
similar geographical characteristics,
section accurately reflected phosphate
including phosphorus-rich soils,
contributions from the underlying
nitrogen/phosphorus concentrations
geologic formations that are reflected in
and nitrogen to phosphorus ratios. To
the expected instream phosphorus
classify these four regions, EPA began
concentrations. As discussed in the
by considering the watershed
August 2010 supplemental notice, EPA
boundaries of downstream estuaries and
has used the revised Panhandle regions
coastal waters in recognition of the
for TN criteria to assure consistency and
hydrology of Florida’s flowing waters
clarity in applicability decisions and
and the importance of protecting
implementation. This approach
downstream water quality. This is
addresses the concerns of commenters
consistent with a watershed approach to
that regionalization is an important
water quality management, which EPA
consideration in developing stream
encourages to integrate and coordinate
criteria. EPA provided a supplemental
efforts within a watershed in order to
notice and solicitation of comment in
most effectively and efficiently protect
August 2010 on this potential change to
91 EPA then
our nation’s water resources.
the Panhandle region. In this final rule,
classified Florida’s streams based upon
EPA has thus taken into account the
a consideration of the natural factors
portion of the Hawthorn Group that lies
that contribute to variability in nutrient
in the eastern portion of the Panhandle
concentrations in streams (e.g., geology,
region and has delineated the
soil composition). In the State of
Panhandle region along watershed
Florida, these natural factors are mainly
boundaries into East and West portions
divided by the eastern edge of the
91 U.S. EPA. 2008. Handbook for Developing
Apalachicola River watershed (or
Watershed Plans to Restore and Protect Our Waters.
alternatively, the western edge of the
EPA 841–B–08–002. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC.
Suwannee River watershed). For more
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
information regarding the EPA’s
consideration of alternative approaches
for classification, please see the TSD
and response to comments.
EPA also received comment that the
original West Central region (referred to
as the Bone Valley in the proposed rule)
was too broad and incorporated
watersheds that were not influenced by
underlying Hawthorn Group geology,
especially small, direct coastal drainage
watersheds along the western and
southern boundaries. EPA reexamined
the watershed delineations of the West
Central and Peninsula regions based on
information in these comments and
concluded that the comments were
technically correct. EPA also provided a
supplemental notice and solicitation of
comment on this potential change to the
West Central and Peninsula regions. In
this final rule, EPA has refined the
boundary delineations accordingly. The
result for the West Central region was a
modified boundary that shifts small,
direct Tampa Bay tributary watersheds
west of the Hillsborough River
Watershed; small, direct Charlotte
Harbor tributary watersheds south of the
Peace River Watershed; and the entire
Sarasota Bay Watershed from the West
Central (Bone Valley) to the Peninsula
region. EPA believes these adjustments
to the West Central and Peninsula
stream region boundaries more
accurately reflect the watershed
boundaries and better reflect natural
differences in underlying geological
formations and expected stream
chemistry.
In summary, EPA is finalizing
numeric stream criteria for TN and TP
for five separate Nutrient Watershed
Regions (NWR): Panhandle West,
Panhandle East, North Central, West
Central and Peninsula (north of Lake
Okeechobee, including the
Caloosahatchee River Watershed to the
west and the St. Lucie Watershed to the
east). For a map of these regions, refer
to ‘‘Technical Support Document for
U.S. EPA’s Final Rule for Numeric
Criteria for Nitrogen/Phosphorus
Pollution in Florida’s Inland Surface
Fresh Waters’’ (Chapter 1: Derivation of
EPA’s Numeric Criteria for Streams)
included in the docket as part of the
record for this final rule.
(b) Methodology for Calculating
Instream Protective TN and TP Values
In the January 2010 proposal, EPA
used a reference condition approach to
derive numeric criteria that relied on
the identification of biologically healthy
sites that were unimpaired by nitrogen
or phosphorus. EPA identified these
sites from FDEP’s streams data set,
selecting sites where Stream Condition
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Index (SCI) scores were 40 and higher.
The SCI is a multi-metric index of
benthic macroinvertebrate community
composition and taxonomic data
developed by FDEP to assess the
biological health of Florida’s streams.92
An SCI score > 40 has been determined
to be indicative of biologically healthy
conditions based on an expert workshop
and analyses performed by both FDEP
and EPA. Please refer to the EPA’s
January 2010 proposal and the final TSD
accompanying this final rule for more
information on the SCI and the selection
of the SCI value of 40 as an appropriate
threshold to identify biologically
healthy sites.
EPA further screened these sites by
cross-referencing them with Florida’s
2008 CWA section 303(d) list and
excluded sites in waterbody
identification numbers (WBIDs) with
identified nutrient impairments or
dissolved oxygen impairments. EPA
grouped the remaining sites (hereinafter
referred to as ‘‘SCI sites’’) according to
the four proposed Nutrient Watershed
Regions (Panhandle, North Central,
West Central (referred to as Bone Valley
at proposal), and Peninsula). For each
NWR, EPA compiled data (TN and TP
concentrations). EPA then calculated
the average concentration at each site
using all available samples. The
resulting site average concentrations
represent the distribution of nitrogen/
phosphorus concentrations for each
region. EPA found that while these sites
were determined to be biologically
healthy, the proposed SCI approach
does not include information that can be
directly related to an evaluation of least
anthropogenically-impacted conditions
(e.g., a measure of land use surrounding
a reference site), which can be used as
a factor in identifying a minimallyimpacted reference population for
criteria development. For these reasons,
EPA concluded the 75th percentile of
the distribution of site average values
was an appropriate threshold to use in
the SCI approach for criteria derivation.
EPA requested comment on basing the
TN and TP criteria for the Nutrient
Watershed Regions on the SCI approach.
The Agency also requested comment on
an alternative approach that utilizes
benchmark sites identified by FDEP.
EPA received comments supporting the
benchmark reference condition
approach and the selection of the 90th
percentile (generally) for deriving the
92 The SCI method was developed and calibrated
by FDEP. See Fore et al. 2007. Development and
Testing of Biomonitoring Tools for
Macroinvertebrates in Florida Streams (Stream
Condition Index and BioRecon). Final prepared for
the Florida Department of Environmental
Protection, Tallahassee, FL.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
TN and TP criteria. The criteria in this
final rule are based on a further
evaluation and more rigorous screening
of the benchmark data set of reference
sites using the population of leastdisturbed benchmark sites developed by
FDEP and further refined by EPA as
discussed in the August 2010
supplemental notice. EPA concluded
that the revised benchmark approach is
an appropriate reference condition
approach for deriving stream criteria
because it utilizes a quantitative
assessment of potential human
disturbance through the use of
surrounding land cover analysis of
stream corridor and watershed land
development indices that provide an
added dimension to the benchmark
approach not considered in EPA’s
proposed SCI site approach. EPA is
finalizing stream criteria for most NWRs
based on the benchmark approach with
the addition of supplemental data
screening steps to ensure that an
evaluation of benchmark sites utilizes
best available information representing
reference conditions related to leastdisturbed as well as and biologically
healthy streams in the State. For this
reason, EPA found the benchmark
reference condition approach to be a
compelling basis to support numeric
criteria for Florida’s streams more
closely associated with least-disturbed
sites. For the West Central region only,
EPA is finalizing stream criteria based
on SCI sites because the benchmark
approach resulted in the identification
of only one WBID as being leastdisturbed. EPA found the SCI sites
provide a more compelling basis to
support numeric criteria in that region
because more data are available at more
sites that have been identified as
biologically healthy, which provide a
broader representation of nitrogen and
phosphorus concentrations within this
region.
For this final rule, EPA is using the
large amount of high-quality scientific
data available on TN and TP
concentrations with corresponding
information on land use and human
disturbance for a wide variety of stream
types as part of a reference condition
approach to derive numeric criteria for
Florida’s streams. EPA used available
data that are quantitative measures of
land use, indicators of human
disturbance, and site-specific
evaluations of biological condition
using a multi-metric biological index to
identify a population of least-disturbed
benchmark locations (benchmark sites).
EPA used associated measurements of
TN and TP concentrations from the
benchmark sites and SCI sites (in the
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75775
case of the West Central region) as the
basis for deriving the final numeric
criteria for streams.
The reference condition approach
used in this final rule for streams
consist of three steps: (1) Defining the
reference population, (2) calculating a
distribution of values, and (3)
determining appropriate thresholds. For
the first step as discussed above, EPA
used the least-disturbed benchmark
reference condition approach initially
developed by FDEP to define the
reference condition population, this
approach starts with a query of FDEP’s
data in the STORET 93 (STOrage and
RETrieval) and GWIS (Generalized
Water Information System) databases
and identified sites with data that met
quality assurance standards.94 Sites
with data were then evaluated by FDEP
to assess the level of human disturbance
in the vicinity of the site using the
Landscape Development Intensity Index
(LDI) 95 to analyze a 100 meter distance
of land on both sides of and 10
kilometers upstream of each stream site
(i.e., corridor LDI). Sites with stream
corridor LDI scores less than or equal to
two 96 were considered sites with
relatively low potential human
disturbance. The group of sites with LDI
scores less than or equal to two were
further reviewed and inspected by FDEP
based on site visits and aerial
photography to assess the degree of
potential human impact. Based on this
review, sites that FDEP determined had
potential human impact were removed.
Sites with mean nitrate concentrations
greater than 0.35 mg/L, a concentration
identified by several lines of evidence to
result in the growth of excessive algae
in laboratory studies and extensive field
evaluations of spring and clear stream
sites in Florida 97 were also removed.
Following proposal and in response to
additional comments and information,
EPA further evaluated the benchmark
sites and screened out additional sites
with identified nutrient impairments or
dissolved oxygen impairments
according to Florida’s 2008 CWA
section 303(d) list. EPA also removed
sites that have available watershed LDI
scores greater than three as this reflects
a higher level of human disturbance on
93 FL STORET can be found at: https://
www.dep.state.fl.us/WATER/STORET/INDEX.HTM.
94 Quality assurance review conducted by FDEP
and detailed in EPA’s accompanying Technical
Support Document.
95 Brown, M.T., and M.B. Vivas. 2005. Landscape
Development Intensity Index. Environmental
Monitoring and Assessment 101: 289–309.
96 Brown, M.T., and M.B. Vivas. 2005. Landscape
Development Intensity Index. Environmental
Monitoring and Assessment 101: 289–309.
97 See the springs criterion discussion below.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75776
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
a watershed basis.98 Finally, EPA
removed benchmark sites that have
available Stream Condition Index (SCI)
scores less than 40. These additional
screens provide greater confidence that
the remaining sites are both leastdisturbed and biologically healthy. The
benchmark approach resulted in the
identification of only one WBID as leastdisturbed within the West Central
region. For this reason, EPA is utilizing
the SCI sites identified at proposal to
define the reference population for the
West Central region in this final rule.
EPA grouped the remaining sites
(hereinafter referred to as ‘‘reference
sites’’) according to its Nutrient
Watershed Regions (Panhandle West,
Panhandle East, North Central, West
Central, and Peninsula). For each NWR,
EPA compiled data (TN and TP
concentrations) from the reference sites.
The second step in deriving instream
protection values was to calculate the
distribution of nitrogen/phosphorus
values of benchmark sites within each
region. EPA calculated the geometric
mean of the annual geometric mean of
nitrogen/phosphorus concentrations for
each WBID within which reference sites
occurred. EPA provided notice and
solicited comment on calculating
streams criteria on the basis of WBIDs
in the August 2010 supplemental notice.
All samples from reference sites within
those WBIDs were used to calculate the
annual geometric mean. The geometric
mean of this annual geometric mean for
each WBID is utilized so that each
WBID represents one average
concentration in the distribution of
concentrations for each NWR.
Geometric means were used for all
averages because concentrations were
log-normally distributed.
The third step in deriving instream
protection values was to determine
appropriate thresholds from these
distributions to support balanced
natural populations of aquatic flora and
fauna. The upper end of the distribution
(the 90th percentile) is appropriate if
there is confidence that the distribution
reflects minimally-impacted reference
conditions and can be shown to be
supportive of designated uses (i.e.,
balanced natural populations of aquatic
flora and fauna).99 EPA concluded that
98 The threshold value for watershed LDI is higher
than the threshold value for the corridor LDI
because human disturbance in the watershed is
known to more weakly influence in-stream
nitrogen/phosphorus concentrations than human
disturbance in the stream corridor (Peterjohn, W.T.
and D. L. Correll. 1984. Nutrient dynamics in an
agricultural watershed: Observations on the role of
a riparian forest. Ecology 65: 1466–1475).
99 USEPA. 2008. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Wetlands. EPA–822–B–08–001.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
the benchmark data set and the resulting
benchmark distributions of TN and TP
were based on substantial evidence of
least-disturbed reference conditions
after the additional quality assurance
screens applied by EPA. This analysis
provides EPA with the confidence that
the benchmark sites are least-disturbed
sites and with the additional screens
applied by the Agency provide a basis
for the use of the 90th percentile of
values from this population to establish
the final rule criteria. It is appropriate
to use the 90th percentile for the
benchmark distribution because the
least-disturbed sites identified in
Florida that are used to derive the
criteria more closely approximate
minimally-impacted conditions.100 For
the West Central region, where reference
sites are identified using the SCI
approach, there is less confidence that
these sites are least-disturbed and
represent minimally-impacted
conditions. As mentioned above, this is
because this approach does not rely on
a quantitative assessment of potential
human disturbance through the use of
surrounding land cover analysis of
stream corridor and watershed land
development indices. Therefore, EPA is
finalizing the stream criteria in the West
Central region using the 75th percentile
values of the distribution from the SCI
sites.101
EPA’s approach in this final rule
results in numeric criteria that are
protective of a balanced natural
population of aquatic flora and fauna in
Florida’s streams. EPA has determined,
however, that these instream values may
not always ensure the attainment and
maintenance of WQS in downstream
lakes and that more stringent criteria
may be necessary to assure compliance
with 40 CFR 131.10(b). Therefore, EPA
is finalizing an approach in this rule for
deriving TN and TP values for streams
to ensure the attainment and
maintenance of WQS in downstream
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
Water, Washington, DC.
100 The 90th percentile is selected so that
nitrogen/phosphorus concentrations that are above
the criterion value have a low probability (< 10%)
of being observed in sites that are similar to
benchmark sites.
101 USEPA. 2000b. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Rivers and Streams. EPA–822–
B–00–002. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington, DC.
These percentages were initially proposed by
FDEP. See FDEP. 2009. Draft Technical Support
Document: Development of Numeric Nutrient
Criteria for Florida’s Lakes and Streams. Florida
Department of Environmental Protection, Standards
and Assessment Section. Available electronically at:
https://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/wqssp/nutrients/
docs/tsd_nutrient_crit.docx. Accessed October
2010.
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
lakes.102 This approach is discussed in
Section III.C(2)(f).
(c) Duration and Frequency
Aquatic life water quality criteria
contain three components: Magnitude,
duration, and frequency. For the
numeric TN and TP criteria for streams,
the derivation of the criterionmagnitude values is described above
and these values are provided in the
table in Section III.B(1). The duration
component of these stream criteria is
specified in footnote a of Table B–1 as
an annual geometric mean. EPA is
finalizing the proposed frequency
component as a no-more-than-one-inthree-years excursion frequency for the
annual geometric mean criteria for
streams. These duration and frequency
components of the criteria are consistent
with the data set used to derive these
criteria, which applied distributional
statistics to measures of annual
geometric mean values from multiple
years of record. EPA has determined
that this frequency of excursions will
not result in unacceptable effects on
aquatic life as it will allow the stream
ecosystem enough time to recover from
occasionally elevated levels of nitrogen/
phosphorus in the stream.103 104 105
These selected duration and frequency
components recognize that hydrological
variability (e.g., high and low flows)
will produce variability in nitrogen and
phosphorus concentrations, and that
individual measurements may at times
be greater than the criteria magnitude
concentrations without causing
unacceptable effects to aquatic
organisms and their uses. Furthermore,
the frequency and duration components
balance the representation of underlying
data and analyses based on the central
tendency of many years of data with the
need to exercise some caution to ensure
that streams have sufficient time to
process individual years of elevated
nitrogen and phosphorus levels and
102 EPA will propose and request comment on the
comparable issue for deriving TN and TP values for
streams to ensure the attainment and maintenance
of WQS in downstream estuaries as part of the
coastal and estuarine waters rule on November 14,
2011.
103 USEPA. 1985. Guidelines for Deriving
Numeric National Water Quality Criteria for the
Protection of Aquatic Organisms and Their Uses.
EPA PB85–227049. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Research and Development,
Environmental Research Laboratories.
104 Hutchens, J. J., K. Chung, and J. B. Wallace.
1998. Temporal variability of stream
macroinvertebrate abundance and biomass
following pesticide disturbance. Journal of the
North American Benthological Society 17:518–534.
105 Wallace, J.B. D. S.Vogel, and T.F. Cuffney.
1986. Recovery of a headwater stream from an
insecticide induced community disturbance.
Journal of North American Benthological Society 5:
115–l 26.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
avoid the possibility of cumulative and
chronic effects (i.e., the no-more-thanone-in-three-year component). More
information on this specific topic is
provided in EPA’s Final Rule TSD for
Florida’s Inland Waters, Chapter 1:
Methodology for Deriving U.S. EPA’s
Criteria for Streams located in the
record for this final rule.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
d. Reference Condition Approach
In deriving the final criteria for
streams, EPA has relied on a reference
condition approach, which has been
well documented, peer reviewed, and
developed in a number of different
contexts.106 107 108 109 110 In the case of
Florida, this approach is supported by a
substantial Florida-specific database of
high quality information, sound
scientific analysis and extensive
technical evaluation.
EPA received comments regarding the
scientific defensibility of the reference
condition approach, using either the
benchmark sites or the SCI sites. Many
commenters observed that such
approaches do not mechanistically link
biological effects to nitrogen/
phosphorus levels and therefore assert
that EPA cannot scientifically justify
numeric criteria without an observed
biological effect. EPA views the
reference condition approach as
scientifically appropriate to derive the
necessary numeric criteria in Florida
streams. Reference conditions provide
the appropriate benchmark against
which to determine the nitrogen and
phosphorus concentrations present
when the designated use is being met.
When the natural background
concentrations of specific parameters
can be defined by identifying reference
conditions at anthropogenicallyundisturbed sites, then the
concentrations at these sites can be
considered as sufficient to support the
aquatic life expected to occur naturally
106 USEPA. 2000a. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Lakes and Reservoirs. EPA–822–
B–00–001. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington, DC.
107 USEPA. 2000b. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Rivers and Streams. EPA–822–
B–00–002. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington, DC.
108 Stoddard, J. L., D. P. Larsen, C. P. Hawkins,
R. K. Johnson, and R. H. Norris. 2006. Setting
expectations for the ecological condition of streams:
the concept of reference condition. Ecological
Applications 16:1267–1276.
109 Herlihy, A. T., S. G. Paulsen, J. Van Sickle, J.
L. Stoddard, C. P. Hawkins, L. L. Yuan. 2008.
Striving for consistency in a national assessment:
the challenges of applying a reference-condition
approach at a continental scale. Journal of the North
American Benthological Society 27:860–877.
110 U.S. EPA. 2001. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Manual: Estuarine and Coastal Marine Waters.
Office of Water, Washington, DC. EPA–822–B–01–
003.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
at that site.111 Also, setting criteria
based on the conditions observed in
reference condition sites reflects both
the stated goal of the Clean Water Act
and EPA’s National Nutrient Strategy
that calls for States, including Florida,
to take protective and preventative steps
in managing nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution to maintain the chemical,
physical and biological integrity of the
Nation’s waters before adverse
biological and/or ecological effects are
observed.112
The effects of TN and TP on an
aquatic ecosystem are well understood
and documented. There is a substantial
and compelling scientific basis for the
conclusion that excess TN and TP will
have adverse effects on streams113 114
115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127.
111 Davies, T.T., USEPA. 1997, November 5.
Memorandum to Water Management Division
Directors, Regions 1–10, and State and Tribal Water
Quality Management Program Directors on
Establishing Site Specific Aquatic Life Criteria
Equal to Natural Background.
112 USEPA. 1998. National Strategy for the
Development of Regional Nutrient Criteria. EPA
822–R–98–002. U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC; Grubbs,
G., USEPA. 2001, November 14. Memorandum to
Directors of State Water Programs, Directors of
Great Water Body Programs, Directors of
Authorized Tribal Water Quality Standards
Programs and State and Interstate Water Pollution
Control Administrators on Development and
Adoption of Nutrient Criteria into Water Quality
Standards.; Grumbles, B.H., USEPA. 2007, May
25.Memorandum to Directors of State Water
Programs, Directors of Great Water Body Programs,
Directors of Authorized Tribal Water Quality
Standards Programs and State and Interstate Water
Pollution Control Administrators on Nutrient
Pollution and Numeric Water Quality Standards.
113 Biggs, B.J.F. 2000. Eutrophication of streams
and rivers: dissolved nutrient–chlorophyll
relationships for benthic algae. Journal of the North
American Benthological Society 19:17–31
114 Bothwell, M.L. 1985. Phosphorus limitation of
lotic periphyton growth rates: an intersite
comparison using continuous-flow troughs
(Thompson River system, British Columbia).
Limnology and Oceanography 30:527–542
115 Bourassa, N., and A. Cattaneo. 1998. Control
of periphyton biomass in Laurentian streams
(Quebec). Journal of the North American
Benthological Society 17:420–429
116 Bowling, L.C., and P.D. Baker. 1996. Major
cyanobacterial bloom in the Barwon-Darling River,
Australia, in 1991, and underlying limnological
conditions. Marine and Freshwater Research 47:
643–657
117 Cross, W. F., J. B. Wallace, A. D. Rosemond,
and S. L. Eggert. 2006. Whole-system nutrient
enrichment increases secondary production in a
detritus-based ecosystem. Ecology 87: 1556–1565
118 Dodds, W.K., and D.A. Gudder. 1992. The
ecology of Cladophora. Journal of Phycology
28:415–427
119 Elwood, J.W., J.D. Newbold, A.F. Trimble, and
R.W. Stark. 1981. The limiting role of phosphorus
in a woodland stream ecosystem: effects of P
enrichment on leaf decomposition and primary
producers. Ecology 62:146–158
120 Francoeur, S.N. 2001. Meta-analysis of lotic
nutrient amendment experiments: detecting and
quantifying subtle responses. Journal of the North
American Benthological Society 20: 358–368
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75777
As discussed in Section II above, excess
nitrogen/phosphorus in streams, like
other aquatic ecosystems, increase
vegetative growth (plants and algae),
and change the assemblage of plant and
algal species present in the system.
These changes can affect the organisms
that are consumers of algae and plants
by altering the balance of food resources
available to different trophic levels. For
example, excess nitrogen/phosphorus
promotes the growth of opportunistic
and short-lived plant species that die
quickly leaving more dead vegetative
material available for consumption by
lower tropic levels. Additionally, excess
nitrogen/phosphorus can promote the
growth of less palatable nuisance algae
species that results in less food available
for filter feeders. These changes can also
alter the habitat structure by covering
the stream or river bed with periphyton
(attached algae) rather than submerged
aquatic plants, or clogging the water
column with phytoplankton (floating
algae). In addition, excess nitrogen/
phosphorus can lead to the production
of algal toxins that can be toxic to fish,
invertebrates, and humans. Chemical
characteristics of the water, such as pH
and concentrations of dissolved oxygen
(DO), can also be affected by excess
nitrogen/phosphorus leading to low DO
conditions and hypoxia. Each of these
changes can, in turn, lead to other
changes in the stream community and,
ultimately, to changes in the stream
ecology that supports the overall
function of the linked aquatic
ecosystem.
121 Moss, B., I. Hooker, H. Balls, and K. Manson.
1989. Phytoplankton distribution in a temperate
floodplain lake and river system. I. Hydrology,
nutrient sources and phytoplankton biomass.
Journal of Plankton Research 11: 813–835
122 Mulholland, P.J. and J.R. Webster. 2010.
Nutrient dynamics in streams and the role of J–
NABS. Journal of the North American Benthological
Society 29: 100–117
123 Peterson, B.J., J.E. Hobbie, A.E. Hershey, M.A.
Lock, T.E. Ford, J.R. Vestal, V.L. McKinley, M.A.J.
Hullar, M.C. Miller, R.M. Ventullo, and G. S. Volk.
1985. Transformation of a tundra river from
heterotrophy to autotrophy by addition of
phosphorus. Science 229:1383–1386
124 Rosemond, A. D., P. J. Mulholland, and J. W.
Elwood. 1993. Top-down and bottom-up control of
stream periphyton: Effects of nutrients and
herbivores. Ecology 74: 1264–1280
125 Rosemond, A. D., C. M. Pringle, A. Ramirez,
and M.J. Paul. 2001. A test of top-down and bottomup control in a detritus-based food web. Ecology 82:
2279–2293
126 Rosemond, A. D., C. M. Pringle, A. Ramirez,
M.J. Paul, and J. L. Meyer. 2002. Landscape
variation in phosphorus concentration and effects
on detritus-based tropical streams. Limnology and
Oceanography 47: 278–289.
127 Slavik, K., B. J. Peterson, L. A. Deegan, W. B.
Bowden, A. E. Hershey, J. E. Hobbie. 2004. Longterm responses of the Kuparuk River ecosystem to
phosphorus fertilization. Ecology 85: 939–954.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75778
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
C. Numeric Criteria for the State of
Florida’s Lakes
classes of Florida’s lakes, classified as
Class I or III waters under Florida law
(Section 62–302.400, F.A.C.):
(1) Final Rule
EPA is promulgating numeric criteria
for chlorophyll a, TN and TP in three
TABLE C–17—EPA’S NUMERIC CRITERIA FOR FLORIDA LAKES
Lake color a and alkalinity
Chl-a
(mg/L) b *
TN (mg/L)
TP (mg/L)
Colored Lakes c ................................................................................................................
0.020
Clear Lakes, High Alkalinity d ..........................................................................................
0.020
Clear Lakes, Low Alkalinity e ...........................................................................................
0.006
1.27
[1.27–2.23]
1.05
[1.05–1.91]
0.51
[0.51–0.93]
0.05
[0.05–0.16]
0.03
[0.03–0.09]
0.01
[0.01–0.03]
a Platinum
Cobalt Units (PCU) assessed as true color free from turbidity.
a is defined as corrected chlorophyll, or the concentration of chlorophyll a remaining after the chlorophyll degradation product,
phaeophytin a, has been subtracted from the uncorrected chlorophyll a measurement.
c Long-term Color > 40 Platinum Cobalt Units (PCU).
d Long-term Color ≤ 40 PCU and Alkalinity > 20 mg/L CaCO .
3
e Long-term Color ≤ 40 PCU and Alkalinity ≤ 20 mg/L CaCO .
3
* For a given waterbody, the annual geometric mean of chlorophyll a, TN or TP concentrations shall not exceed the applicable criterion concentration more than once in a three-year period.
b Chlorophyll
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
For each class of water defined by
color and alkalinity, the applicable
criteria are the values in bold for
chlorophyll a, TN and TP. The criteria
framework provides flexibility for FDEP
to derive lake-specific, modified TN and
TP criteria if the annual geometric mean
chlorophyll a concentration is less than
the criterion for an individual lake in
each of the three immediately preceding
years. In such a case, the corresponding
criteria for TN and/or TP may be
modified to reflect maintenance of
ambient conditions within the range
specified in the parenthetical below
each baseline TN and TP criteria printed
in bold in Table C–1 above. Modified
criteria for TN and/or TP must be based
on data from at least the immediately
preceding three years 128 in a particular
lake. Modified TN and/or TP criteria
may not be greater than the higher value
specified in the range. Modified TN
and/or TP criteria for a lake also may
not be above criteria applicable to
streams to which a lake discharges in
order to ensure the attainment and
maintenance of downstream water
quality standards.
Utilization of the range flexibility in
the numeric lake criteria in this final
rule requires that the ambient
calculation for modified TN and TP
criteria be based on: (1) The
immediately preceding three-year
record of observation for each
parameter,129 (2) representative
sampling during each year (at least one
sample in May–September and at least
one sample in October–April), and (3) a
minimum of 4 samples from each year.
Requiring at least three years of data
accounts for year-to-year hydrological
variability, ensures longer-term stable
conditions, and appropriately accounts
for anomalous conditions in any given
year that could lead to erroneous
conclusions regarding the true
relationship between nitrogen/
phosphorus and chlorophyll a levels in
a lake. Representative samples from
each year minimize the effects of
seasonal variations in nitrogen/
phosphorus and chlorophyll a
concentrations. Finally, the minimum
sample size of 4 samples per year allows
estimates of reliable geometric means
while still maintaining a representative
sample of lakes. The State shall notify
EPA Region 4 and provide the
supporting record within 30 days of
determination of modified lake criteria.
To ensure attainment of applicable
downstream lake criteria, this final rule
provides a tiered approach for adjusting
instream criteria presented in section
III.B.(1) above for those streams that
flow into lakes.130 Where site-specific
data on lake characteristics are
128 The previous three years of data are required
as a basis for modifying TN and TP criteria and
must meet FDEP’s data quality assurance objectives.
Additional historical data may be used to augment
the three years of data characterizing the lake’s
annual and inter-annual variability. Only historical
data containing data for all three parameters can be
used and the data must meet FDEP’s data quality
assurance objectives.
129 As noted above, if more than three years of
data are available for each parameter, then more
data can be used.
130 Approximately 30% of Florida lakes are fed by
streams to which this DPV analysis would apply
(Schiffer, Donna M. 1998. Hydrology of Central
Florida Lakes—A Primer. U.S. Geological Survey in
cooperation with SJWMD and SFWMD: Circular
1137).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
18:56 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
available, the final rule provides a
modeling approach for the calculation
of downstream lake protection values
that relies upon the use of the
BATHTUB model.131 In circumstances
where sufficient site-specific lake data
are readily available and either EPA or
FDEP determine that another
scientifically defensible model is more
appropriate (e.g., the Water Quality
Analysis Simulation Program, or
WASP), the modeling approach
accommodates use of a scientifically
defensible alternative. In the absence of
models, other approaches for ensuring
protection of downstream lakes are
provided and described further below.
(2) Background and Analysis
(a) Methodology for Lake Classification
In the January 2010 proposal, EPA
used color and alkalinity to classify
Florida’s lakes based on substantial data
demonstrating that these characteristics
influence the response of lakes to
increased nitrogen/phosphorus and the
expected background chlorophyll a
concentration. Many of Florida’s lakes
contain dissolved organic matter
leached from surface vegetation that
131 Kennedy, R.H. 1995. Application of the
BATHTUB model to Selected Southeastern
Reservoirs. Technical Report EL–95–14. U.S. Army
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,
MS.; Walker, W.W., 1985. Empirical Methods for
Predicting Eutrophication in Impoundments; Report
3, Phase II: Model Refinements. Technical Report
E–81–9. U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.; Walker, W.W.,
1987. Empirical Methods for Predicting
Eutrophication in Impoundments; Report 4, Phase
III: Applications Manual. Technical Report E–81–9.
U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station,
Vicksburg, MS.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
colors the water. More color in a lake
limits light penetration within the water
column, which in turn limits algal
growth. Thus, in lakes with colored
water, higher levels of nitrogen/
phosphorus may occur without
exceeding the chlorophyll a criteria
concentrations. EPA evaluated
relationships among TN, TP, and
chlorophyll a concentration data, and
found that lake color influenced these
relationships. More specifically, EPA
found the correlations between
nitrogen/phosphorus and chlorophyll a
concentrations to be stronger and less
variable when lakes were categorized
into two distinct groups based on a
color threshold of 40 PCU, with clear
lakes demonstrating more algal growth
with increased nitrogen/phosphorus, as
would be predicted by the increased
light penetration. This threshold is
consistent with the distinction between
clear and colored lakes long observed in
Florida.132
Within the clear lakes category, color
is not the dominant controlling factor in
algal growth. For these clear lakes, EPA
proposed the use of alkalinity as an
additional distinguishing characteristic.
Alkalinity and pH increase when water
is in contact with carbonate rocks, such
as limestone, or limestone-derived soil
in the State of Florida. Limestone is also
a natural source of phosphorus, and
thus, in Florida, lakes that are higher in
alkalinity are often associated with
naturally elevated TP levels. The
alkalinity (measured as CaCO3
concentration) of Florida clear lakes
ranges from zero to over 200 mg/L. EPA
proposed classifying clear Florida lakes
into acidic and alkaline classes based on
an alkalinity threshold of 50 mg/L
CaCO3, and solicited comment on
whether a 20 mg/L CaCO3 threshold
would be more appropriate. EPA
received comments noting that that the
lower alkalinity classification threshold
would be more representative of
naturally oligotrophic conditions by
creating a class of lakes with very low
alkalinity and correspondingly low
chlorophyll a concentrations. After
reviewing available lake data, EPA
found that clear lakes below 20 mg/L
CaCO3 were more similar to one another
in terms of naturally expected
chlorophyll a, TN, and TP
concentrations than clear lakes below 50
mg/L CaCO3. Thus, EPA concluded that
an alkalinity threshold of 20 mg/L
CaCO3 was an appropriate threshold for
classifying clear lakes and EPA is
132 Shannon,
E.E., and P.L. Brezonik. 1972.
Limnological characteristics of north and central
Florida lakes. Limnology and Oceanography 17(1):
97–110.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
finalizing the lower alkalinity threshold
in this rule. More information on this
specific topic is provided in EPA’s
Finals TSD for Florida’s Inland Waters,
Chapter 2: Methodology for Deriving
U.S. EPA’s Criteria for Lakes located in
the record for this final rule.
EPA also proposed the use of specific
conductance as a surrogate for
alkalinity. EPA received comments that
conductivity was not an accurate
surrogate measure for alkalinity. EPA
evaluated the association between
specific conductivity and alkalinity and
concluded that alkalinity is a preferred
parameter for lake classification because
it is a more direct measure of the
presence of carbonate rocks, such as
limestone that are associated with
natural elevated phosphorus levels.
Changes in specific conductivity can be
attributed to changes in alkalinity, but
in many cases may be caused by
increases in the concentrations of other
compounds that originate from human
activities. Thus, EPA has concluded that
alkalinity is a more reliable indicator for
characterizing natural background
conditions for Florida lakes.
A number of comments suggested
EPA consider a system that delineates
47 lake regions and a system that
classifies lakes as a continuous function
of both alkalinity and color. As
discussed in more detail in the TSD
supporting this final rule, EPA
evaluated each of these alternative
classification approaches, and found
that they did not improve the predictive
accuracy of biological responses to
nitrogen/phosphorus over EPA’s
classification, nor result in a practical
system that can be implemented by
FDEP. For example, in the case of the 47
lake region approach, insufficient data
are available to derive numeric criteria
across all of the 47 regions and in the
case of the continuous function
approach there is a reliance on an
assumption that TN and TP are always
co-limiting that is not always true.133
A number of commenters suggested
that lake-specific criteria would be more
appropriate than the three broad classes
that EPA proposed. The substantial data
available in the record for this final rule
supports the conclusion that many of
Florida’s lakes share similar physical,
chemical, and geological characteristics,
which in turn justifies, based on sound
scientific evidence, broad classification
of Florida lakes. EPA concluded, based
on the substantial data and associated
analysis explained above, that color and
133 Guildford, S. J. and R. E. Hecky. 2000. Total
nitrogen, total phosphorus, and nutrient limitation
in lakes and oceans: Is there a common
relationship? Limnology and Oceanography 45:
1213–1223.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75779
alkalinity are primary distinguishing
factors in Florida lakes with respect to
nitrogen/phosphorus dynamics and the
associated biological response. With
respect to consideration of site-specific
information that goes beyond the
detailed site-specific sampling and
monitoring analysis already
discussed,134 the numeric lake criteria
in this final rule are established within
a flexible regulatory framework that
allows adjustment of TN, TP, and/or
chlorophyll a criteria based on
additional lake-specific data. This
framework provides an opportunity to
derive lake-specific criteria similar to
the manner suggested in public
comment, where lake-specific data and
information are available, while
ensuring that numeric criteria are in
place to protect all of Florida’s lakes.
Further site-specific flexibility is
provided in this final rule through the
derivation of alternative criteria by a
Federal Site Specific Adjusted Criteria
(SSAC) process discussed in more detail
below in Section V.C.
In this final rule, EPA is dividing
Florida’s lakes into three classes: (1)
Colored Lakes >40 Platinum Cobalt
Units (PCU), (2) Clear, High Alkalinity
Lakes (≤40 PCU with alkalinity >20 mg/
L calcium carbonate (CaCO3)), and (3)
Clear, Low Alkalinity Lakes (≤40 PCU
with alkalinity ≤20 mg/L CaCO3). These
two parameters, color and alkalinity,
both affect lake productivity and plant
biomass, as measured by chlorophyll a.
For more information regarding these
classes, please refer to EPA’s Final Rule
TSD for Florida’s Inland Waters,
Chapter 2: Methodology for Deriving
U.S. EPA’s Criteria for Lakes.
(b) Methodology for Chlorophyll a
Criteria
EPA proposed the use of chlorophyll
a concentration as an indicator of a
healthy biological condition, supportive
of natural balanced populations of
aquatic flora and fauna in each of the
classes of Florida’s lakes. Excess algal
growth is associated with degradation in
aquatic life, and chlorophyll a levels are
a measure of algal growth. To derive the
proposed chlorophyll a concentrations
that would be protective of natural
balanced populations of aquatic flora
and fauna in Florida’s lakes, EPA
utilized the expected trophic status of
the lake, based on internationally
accepted lake use classifications.135
134 Technical Support Document for EPA’s Final
Rule for Numeric Nutrient Criteria for Nitrogen/
Phosphorus Pollution in Florida’s Inland Surface
Fresh Waters.
135 OECD. 1982. Eutrophication of Waters.
Monitoring, Assessment and Control. Organisation
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
Continued
06DER2
75780
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
As discussed in more detail at
proposal, lakes can be classified into
one of three trophic State categories (i.e.,
oligotrophic, mesotrophic,
eutrophic).136 EPA concluded at
proposal that healthy colored lakes and
clear, high alkalinity lakes should
maintain a mesotrophic status, because
they receive significant natural
nitrogen/phosphorus input and still
support a healthy diversity of aquatic
life in warm, productive climates such
as Florida. For these two categories of
lakes, EPA proposed a chlorophyll a
criterion of 0.020 mg/L to support
balanced natural populations of aquatic
life flora and fauna. At concentrations
above 0.020 mg/L chlorophyll a, the
trophic status of the lake is more likely
to become eutrophic and the additional
chlorophyll a will reduce water clarity,
negatively affecting native submerged
macrophytes, and the invertebrate and
fish communities that depend on them.
Commenters suggested that this
threshold is overly protective of
naturally eutrophic lakes in the State.
For those lakes that may currently be
naturally eutrophic, this final rule
contains a formal SSAC process to
revise these criteria for this unique type
of lake. For more information on the
SSAC process, please refer to Section
V.C of this final rule.
In contrast, clear, low alkalinity lakes
in Florida do not receive natural
nitrogen/phosphorus input from
underlying geological formations in the
watershed and thus, they support less
algal growth and have lower chlorophyll
a levels than colored or clear, high
alkalinity lakes. EPA concluded at
proposal that these lakes should
maintain an oligotrophic status to
support balanced natural populations of
aquatic flora and fauna. EPA proposed
a chlorophyll a criterion of 0.006 mg/L
in clear, low alkalinity lakes to support
balanced natural populations of aquatic
life flora and fauna. At concentrations
above 0.006 mg/L chlorophyll a, the
trophic status of the lake is more likely
to become mesotrophic and the
additional chlorophyll a will reduce
water clarity, negatively affecting native
submerged macrophytes, and the
invertebrate and fish communities that
depend on them. Commenters suggested
that this chlorophyll a concentration
may not be appropriate for clear lakes
for Economic Development and Co-Operation,
Paris, France.
136 Trophic state describes the nitrogen/
phosphorus levels and algal state of an aquatic
system: Oligotrophic (low nitrogen/phosphorus and
algal productivity), mesotrophic (moderate
nitrogen/phosphorus and algal productivity), and
eutrophic (high nitrogen/phosphorus and algal
productivity).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
with alkalinity less than 50 mg/L. As
explained in more detail above, in this
final rule EPA concluded that 20 mg/L
is an appropriate threshold between low
and high alkalinity lakes. Thus, lakes
with alkalinity greater than 20 mg/L will
have a chlorophyll a criterion that is
applicable to clear, high alkalinity lakes.
Based on the revision of the alkalinity
threshold to 20 mg/L, EPA reviewed the
available chlorophyll a data for clear,
low alkalinity lakes and found that the
majority of lakes have chlorophyll a
concentrations less than 0.006 mg/L
reflective of oligotrophic conditions
which leads EPA to conclude that this
chlorophyll a concentration will serve
to maintain the trophic status of these
lakes.
In this final rule, EPA is promulgating
chlorophyll a criteria of 0.020 mg/L in
colored lakes and clear, high alkalinity
lakes and a chlorophyll a criterion of
0.006 mg/L in clear, low alkalinity lakes
as an indicator of a healthy biological
condition, supportive of natural
balanced populations of aquatic flora
and fauna in these classes of Florida’s
lakes. For more information regarding
these chlorophyll a criteria, please refer
to EPA’s Final Rule TSD for Florida’s
Inland Waters, Chapter 2: Methodology
for Deriving U.S. EPA’s Criteria for
Lakes.
(c) Methodology for Total Nitrogen (TN)
and Total Phosphorus (TP) Criteria in
Lakes
EPA proposed TN and TP criteria for
each of the classes of lakes described in
Section III.C(2)(a) based on the response
of chlorophyll a to increases in TN and
TP for clear and colored lakes in
Florida. These responses were
quantitatively estimated with linear
regressions. Each data point used in
estimating the statistical relationships
was the geometric mean of samples
taken over the course of a year in a
particular Florida lake. Statistical
analyses of these relationships showed
that the chlorophyll a responses to
changes in TN and TP differed for
colored versus clear lakes, as would be
expected, because color blocks light
penetration in the water column and
limits algal growth. These analyses also
showed that chlorophyll a responds to
changes in TN and TP in high and low
alkalinity clear lakes similarly, as would
be expected, because alkalinity does not
affect light penetration. These
relationships were used to derive TN
and TP criteria that would maintain
chlorophyll a concentrations at desired
levels known to be supportive of
balanced natural populations of aquatic
flora and fauna as discussed above.
These analyses are explained in more
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
detail in EPA’s Final Rule TSD for
Florida’s Inland Waters, Chapter 2:
Methodology for Deriving U.S. EPA’s
Criteria for Lakes included in the record
for this final rule.
EPA proposed baseline TN and TP
criteria based on the 75th percentile of
the predicted distribution of chlorophyll
a concentrations, given a TN or TP
concentration. Commenters suggested
alternative approaches for deriving TN
and TP criteria, including using either
the mean predicted chlorophyll a
concentration, using the 25th percentile
of the predicted distribution of
chlorophyll a concentrations, and using
an additional criterion based on a higher
percentile that is associated with a
different exceedance frequency. EPA
considered these alternative approaches
and concluded that calculating the TN
and TP criteria as a baseline
concentration with an associated
concentration range was a more flexible
approach than a single value approach
manifested as the TN and TP
concentration associated with a specific
chlorophyll a concentration. Thus, the
approach included in this final rule
takes into account the natural variability
observed in different classes of lakes
(i.e., colored or clear) in a way that a
single value approach based on the
regression line or the lower value of the
50th percentile prediction interval does
not.
In this final rule, the TN and TP
criteria are based on linear regressions
(i.e., best-fit lines) predicting the annual
geometric mean chlorophyll a
concentration as a function of the
annual geometric mean TN or TP.
Baseline TN and TP criteria are
calculated as the point at which the
75th percentile of the predicted
distribution of chlorophyll a
concentrations from the regression
relationship is equivalent to the
chlorophyll a criterion for the
appropriate lake class. The range of
values in the predicted distribution of
chlorophyll a concentrations arises from
small differences in the nitrogen/
phosphorus–chlorophyll a relationships
across different lakes and variability in
these relationships between years in the
same lake. Hence, TN and TP criteria
are based on the 75th percentile that
will be protective at the majority of
lakes and in the majority of years.
The predicted distribution of
chlorophyll a concentrations for lakes
differs inherently from the distribution
of TN and TP concentrations calculated
from reference sites for criteria for
Florida streams (Section III.B(2)(b)). In
the case of the criteria for Florida
streams for most NWRs, benchmark
sites represent a population of least-
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
disturbed sites and the criteria based on
the 90th percentile of nitrogen and
phosphorus concentrations from these
sites are selected to characterize the
upper bound of nitrogen/phosphorus
concentrations that one would expect
from such sites. Criteria for Florida
lakes rely on a predictive relationship
between nitrogen/phosphorus and
chlorophyll a concentrations, and the
75th percentile is selected from the
distribution of chlorophyll a
concentrations predicted for specific
concentrations of TN and TP. As
discussed above, basing criteria on this
percentile provides a means of
accounting for variability in chlorophyll
a concentrations predicted for a given
TN and TP concentration. In short, the
percentile for the streams criteria is
selected to ensure that nitrogen/
phosphorus concentrations in all
streams are at least as low as those
observed in reference streams, whereas
the percentile for the lakes criteria is
selected such that concentrations
appropriately account for variability in
the relationships between nitrogen/
phosphorus and chlorophyll a
concentrations.
(d) Duration and Frequency
Aquatic life water quality criteria
include magnitude, duration, and
frequency components. For the
chlorophyll a, TN, and TP criteria for
lakes, the criterion-magnitude values,
expressed as a concentration, are
provided in Table C–1 in bold. The
criterion-duration of this magnitude is
specified in a footnote to this Table as
an annual geometric mean. EPA is
finalizing the criterion-frequency as a
no-more-than-once-in-three-years
excursion frequency of the annual
geometric mean criteria for lakes. The
duration component of the criteria is
based on annual geometric means to be
consistent with the data set used to
derive these criteria, which applied
stressor-response relationships based on
annual geometric means for individual
years at individual lakes. These selected
duration and frequency components
recognize that hydrological variability
(e.g., high and low flows) will produce
variability in nitrogen and phosphorus
concentrations, and that individual
measurements may at times be greater
than the criterion-magnitude
concentrations without causing
unacceptable effects to aquatic
organisms and their uses. Furthermore,
they balance the representation of the
central tendency of the predicted
relationship between TN or TP and
chlorophyll a based from many years of
data with the need to exercise some
caution to ensure that lakes have
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
sufficient time to process individual
years of elevated nitrogen and
phosphorus concentrations and avoid
the possibility of cumulative and
chronic effects (i.e., the no-more-thanone-in-three-year component).
Additionally, because nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution is best managed
on a watershed basis, this is the same
frequency and duration used in the final
streams criteria. More information on
this specific topic is provided in EPA’s
Final Rule TSD for Florida’s Inland
Waters, Chapter 2: Methodology for
Deriving U.S. EPA’s Criteria for Lakes
located in the record for this final rule.
(e) Application of Lake-Specific,
Ambient Condition-Based Modified TN
and TP Criteria
EPA proposed an accompanying
approach that the State could use to
adjust TN and TP criteria for a
particular lake within a certain range
where sufficient data on long-term
ambient chlorophyll a, TN and TP
levels are available to demonstrate that
protective chlorophyll a criterion for a
specific lake will still be maintained
and a balance of natural populations of
aquatic flora and fauna will be
supported. This approach allows for
readily available site-specific data to be
taken into account in the expression of
TN and TP criteria, while still ensuring
support of balanced natural populations
of aquatic flora and fauna by
maintaining the associated chlorophyll
a level at or below the chlorophyll a
criterion level. The scientific premise
for the lake-specific ambient calculation
provision for modified TN and/or TP
criteria is that if ambient lake data show
that a lake’s chlorophyll a levels are at
or below the established criteria (i.e.,
magnitude) for at least the last three
years and its TN and/or TP levels are
within the lower and upper bounds,
then those ambient levels of TN and TP
represent conditions that will continue
to support the specified chlorophyll a
response level. The lower bound of the
range is based on the TN/TP values that
correspond to the 75th percentile of the
predicted chlorophyll a distribution and
the upper bound of the range is based
on the TN/TP values that correspond to
the 25th percentile of the same
predicted distribution. The use of the
25th and 75th percentiles accounts for
the majority of variability that may
occur around the central tendency of the
predicted relationship between TN or
TP and chlorophyll a.
This final rule provides that FDEP
must establish and document these
modified criteria in a manner that
clearly recognizes their status as the
applicable criteria for a particular lake.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75781
To this end, FDEP must submit a letter
to EPA Region 4 formally documenting
the use of modified criteria as the
applicable criteria for particular lakes.
This final rule allows for a one-time
adjustment without a requirement that
FDEP go through a formal SSAC
process. EPA believes that such
modified TN and TP criteria do not
need to go through the SSAC process
because the conditions under which
they are applicable are clearly stated in
this final rule and data requirements are
clearly laid out so that the outcome is
clear, consistent, transparent, and
reproducible. By providing a specific
process for deriving modified criteria
within the WQS rule itself, each
individual outcome of this process is an
effective WQS for CWA purposes and
does not need separate adoption by
FDEP or approval by EPA. For more
information on the SSAC process,
please refer to Section V.C of this final
rule.
Application of the ambient
calculation provision has implications
for assessment and permitting because
the outcome of applying this provision
is to establish alternate numeric TN
and/or TP values as the applicable lake
criteria. For accountability and tracking
purposes, the State must document the
result of the ambient calculation for any
given lake. Once modified criteria are
established under this approach, they
remain the applicable criteria for the
long-term for purposes of implementing
the State’s water quality program until
they are subsequently modified either
through the Federal SSAC process or
State revision to the applicable WQS,
which has been approved by EPA
pursuant to CWA section 303(c).
This site-specific lake criteria
adjustment provision is subject to the
downstream protection requirements
more broadly discussed below. Thus in
a comparable manner this final rule
provides that calculated TN and/or TP
values in a lake that discharges to a
stream may not exceed criteria
applicable to the stream to which a lake
discharges.
(f) Downstream Protection of Lakes
In developing the proposed stream
criteria, EPA also evaluated their
effectiveness for assuring the protection
of downstream lake water quality
standards pursuant to the provisions of
40 CFR 130.10(b), which requires that
WQS must provide for the attainment
and maintenance of the WQS of
downstream waters.137 EPA’s criteria for
137 EPA will assess the effectiveness of final
stream criteria for assuring the protection of
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
Continued
06DER2
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
75782
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
lakes are, in some cases, more stringent
than the final criteria for streams that
flow into the lakes, and thus the
instream criteria may not be stringent
enough to ensure protection of WQS in
certain downstream lakes. As a result,
EPA proposed application of the
Vollenweider equation to ensure that
the TP criteria in streams are protective
of downstream lakes, and requested
comment on alternative approaches
such as the BATHTUB model and
whether there should be an allowance
for use of other models that are
demonstrated to be protective and
scientifically defensible.
The proposed use of the Vollenweider
model equation to ensure the protection
of downstream lakes requires input of
two lake-specific characteristics: the
fraction of inflow due to stream flow
and the hydraulic retention time. EPA
provided alternative preset values for
percent contribution from stream flow
and hydraulic retention time that could
be used in those instances where lakespecific input values are not readily
available. EPA’s January 2010 proposed
rule discussed the flexibility for the
State to use site-specific inputs to the
Vollenweider equation for these two
parameters, as long as the State
determines that such inputs are
appropriate and documents the sitespecific values. Some commenters
stated that the Vollenweider equation is
overly simplistic and does not include
the necessary factors to account for
physical, hydrologic, chemical, and
biological processes necessary to
determine protective criteria. Several
commenters also suggested the need for
TN values to protect downstream lakes
that are nitrogen-limited (such as many
of the lakes in the phosphorus-rich areas
of the State). Comments included a
recommendation to use models that can
better represent site-specific conditions,
such as BATHTUB.
EPA’s August 2010 Supplemental
Notice of Data Availability and Request
for Comment requested additional
comment on using the BATHTUB model
in place of the Vollenweider equation
for deriving both TP and TN criteria to
protect downstream lakes, allowing the
use of alternative models under certain
circumstances, and providing for an
alternative approach to protect
downstream lakes when limited data are
available that would use the lake criteria
themselves as criteria for upstream
waters flowing into the lake.
downstream estuaries in a separate rulemaking that
focuses on estuarine and coastal waters to be
proposed by November 14, 2011 and finalized by
August 15, 2012.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
In the final rule, protection of
downstream lakes is accomplished
through establishment of a downstream
protection value (DPV). The applicable
criteria for streams that flow into
downstream lakes include both the
instream criteria for TN and TP and the
DPV, which is a concentration or
loading value at the point of entry into
a lake that results in attainment of the
lake criteria. EPA selected the point of
entry into the lake, also referred to as
the ‘‘pour point,’’ as the location to
measure water quality because the lake
responds to the input from the pour
point and all contributions from the
stream network above this point in a
watershed affect the water quality at the
pour point. When a DPV is exceeded at
the pour point, the waters that
collectively comprise the network of
streams in the watershed above that
pour point are considered to not attain
the DPV for purposes of section 303(d)
of the Clean Water Act. The State may
identify these impaired waters as a
group rather than individually.
It is appropriate to express the DPV as
either a load or concentration (load
divided by flow) because both are
expressions of the amount of TN and TP
that are delivered to the downstream
water. In an expression of load, the
amount is expressed directly as mass
per time (e.g., pounds per year), whereas
a concentration expresses the amount in
terms of the mass contained in a
particular volume of water (e.g.,
milligrams per liter). Either expression
may be used for assessment and source
control allocation purposes. Calculating
a DPV as a load will require modeling
or other technical information, such as
a TMDL, that accounts for both the
volume of the receiving water and the
flow contributed through the pour
point. A DPV expressed as a
concentration may be based on a model
or TMDL or may reflect a TN or TP level
that corresponds to a TN, TP, or
chlorophyll a concentration that
protects the lake.
Contributions of TN and/or TP from
sources in stream tributaries upstream
of the point of entry are accountable to
the DPV because the water quality in the
stream tributaries must result in
attainment of the DPV at the pour point
into the lake. The spatial allocation of
load within the watershed is an
important accounting step to ensure that
the DPV is achieved at the point of entry
into the lake. How the watershed load
is allocated may differ based on
watershed characteristics and existing
sources (e.g., areas that are more
susceptible to physical loss of nitrogen;
location of towns, farms, and
dischargers), so long as the DPV is met
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
at the point of entry into the
downstream lake. Where additional
information is available, watershed
modeling could be used to develop
allocations that reflect hydrologic
variability and other water quality
considerations. For protection of the
downstream lake, what is important is
an accounting for nutrient loadings on
a watershed scale that results in meeting
the DPV at the point of entry into the
downstream lake.
The final rule provides that additional
DPVs may be established in upstream
locations to represent sub-allocations of
the total allowable loading or
concentration. Such sub-allocations may
be useful where there are differences in
hydrological conditions and/or sources
of TN and/or TP in different parts of the
watershed. The rule specifies that DPVs
apply to stream tributaries up to the
point of reaching a waterbody that is not
a stream as defined in the rule (e.g., up
to reaching another lake in a ‘‘nested’’ or
chain of lakes situation). The rule also
includes an option, however, to
establish a DPV to account for a larger
watershed area in a modeling context.
Establishing DPVs that apply to a larger
watershed may be useful to address a
situation where the water that is furthest
downstream in a watershed is also the
water that is most sensitive to nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution. That situation
may require a more equitable
distribution, across the larger
watershed, of the load that protects the
most sensitive waterbody.
Where multiple tributaries enter a
lake, the total allowable loading to the
lake may be distributed among the
tributaries for purposes of DPV
calculation in any manner that results in
meeting the total allowable loading for
the lake, remembering that those
tributaries are also subject to the
instream protection value established
for the tributaries.
Where sufficient data and information
are available, DPVs may be established
through application of the BATHTUB
model. BATHTUB applies empirical
models to morphometrically complex
lakes and reservoirs. The model
performs steady-state water and nutrient
balance calculations, uses spatially
segmented hydraulic networks, and
accounts for advective and diffusive
transport of nutrients. When properly
calibrated and applied, BATHTUB
predicts nutrient-related water quality
conditions such as TP, TN, and
chlorophyll a concentrations,
transparency, and hypolimnetic oxygen
depletion rates. The model can apply to
a variety of lake sizes, shapes and
transport characteristics. A high degree
of flexibility is available for specifying
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
model segments as well as multiple
influent streams. Because water quality
conditions are calculated using
relationships derived from data specific
to each lake, BATHTUB accounts for
differences between lakes, such as the
rate of internal loading of phosphorus
from bottom sediments. The above
descriptive information is summarized
from available technical references that
also describe the model and its
applications in greater detail.138 139 140
EPA believes BATHTUB is appropriate
for DPV calculations because BATHTUB
can represent a number of site-specific
variables that may influence nutrient
responses and can estimate both TN and
TP concentrations at the pour points to
protect the receiving lake. BATHTUB
has been previously used for lake water
quality management purposes, such as
the development of TMDLs in States,
including Florida. This model was
selected because it does not have
extensive data requirements, yet it
provides for the capability to be
calibrated based on observed sitespecific lake data and it provides for
reliable estimates that will ensure the
protection of downstream lakes.
EPA’s final rule also specifically
authorizes FDEP or EPA to use a model
other than BATHTUB when either FDEP
or EPA determines that it would be
appropriate to use another scientifically
defensible modeling approach that
results in the protection of downstream
lakes. While BATHTUB is a peerreviewed and versatile model, there are
other models that, when appropriately
calibrated and applied, can offer
additional capability to address
complex situations with an even greater
degree of site-specificity. Adopted and
approved TMDLs may contain sufficient
information to support derivation of a
DPV when the TMDL is based on
relevant data, defensible science, and
accurate analysis.
As discussed in more detail in the
Agency’s August 2010 Supplemental
Notice of Data Availability and Request
for Comment on this issue, one example
of an alternative model that FDEP or
EPA might consider using for
138 Walker, W.W., 1981. Empirical Methods for
Predicting Eutrophication in Impoundments; Report
1, Phase I: Data Base Development. Technical
Report E–81–9. U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
139 Walker, W.W., 1982. Empirical Methods for
Predicting Eutrophication in Impoundments; Report
2, Phase II: Model Testing. Technical Report E–81–
9. U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
Station, Vicksburg, MS.
140 Walker, W.W., 1999. Simplified Procedures for
Eutrophication Assessment and Prediction: User
Manual; Instruction Report W–96–2. U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers Waterways Experiment Station,
Vicksburg, MS.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
particularly complex site-specific
conditions is the Water Quality Analysis
Simulation Program (WASP) model.
This model allows users to conduct
detailed simulations of water quality
responses to natural and manmade
pollutant inputs. WASP is a dynamic
compartment-modeling program for
aquatic systems, including both the
water column and the underlying
benthos. WASP allows the user to
simulate systems in 1, 2, or 3
dimensions, and a variety of pollutant
types. The model can represent time
varying processes of advection,
dispersion, point and diffuse mass
loading, and boundary exchange. WASP
also can be linked with hydrodynamic
and sediment transport models that can
provide flows, depths, velocities,
temperature, salinity and sediment
fluxes. The above summary information
as well as additional technical
information may be found at https://
www.epa.gov/athens/wwqtsc/html/
wasp.html. Like BATHTUB, WASP has
also been previously used for lake water
quality management purposes, such as
TMDLs, nationally and in the State of
Florida. This model is different from
BATHTUB because it does have
extensive data requirements that allow
for the capability to be finely calibrated
based on observed site-specific lake
data, but is similar to BATHTUB in that
it also provides for reliable estimates
that will ensure the protection of
downstream lakes.
EPA is finalizing a provision in this
section of the rule for situations where
data are not readily available to derive
TN and/or TP DPVs using BATHTUB or
another scientifically defensible model.
In that situation, the rule describes how
DPVs are determined where the
downstream lake is attaining the lake
criteria and where the downstream lake
is either not assessed or is impaired.
Where sufficient information is not
available to derive TN and/or TP DPVs
using BATHTUB or another
scientifically defensible technical model
and the lake attains the applicable
criteria, the DPVs would be the
associated ambient instream levels of
TN and/or TP at the point of entry into
the lake. As long as the TN and TP
concentrations necessary to support a
balanced natural population of aquatic
flora and fauna in the downstream lake
are maintained in the inflow from
streams, this approach will provide
adequate protection of downstream
lakes and would be used as the
applicable DPVs in the absence of
readily available data to support
derivation of TN and TP DPVs using
BATHTUB or another scientifically
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75783
defensible technical model such as
WASP.
EPA’s final rule provides that when
the DPV is based on the ambient
condition associated with attainment of
criteria in the downstream lake,
degradation in water quality from those
established levels would be considered
impairment, unless the State or EPA
revises the DPV using a modeling
approach or TMDL to show that higher
levels of nutrient contribution from the
tributaries would still result in
attainment of applicable lake criteria.
This provision is not intended to limit
growth and/or development in the
watershed, nor intended to maintain
current conditions regardless of further
analysis. Rather this provision is
intended to ensure that WQS are not
only restored when found to be
impaired, but are in fact maintained
when found to be attained, consistent
with the goals of the Clean Water Act.
Higher levels of TN and/or TP may be
allowed in such watersheds where it is
demonstrated that such higher levels
will fully protect the lake’s WQS.
Where sufficient information is not
available to derive TN and/or TP DPVs
using BATHTUB or another
scientifically defensible technical model
and the lake does not attain the
applicable TN, TP, and/or chlorophyll a
criteria or is un-assessed, lake criteria
values for TN and/or TP are to be used
as the DPVs. EPA believes that this
approach is protective because the TN
and TP concentrations entering the lake
are unlikely to need to be lower than the
criterion concentration necessary to be
protective of the lake itself.
(g) Stressor-Response Approach
In deriving the final criteria for lakes,
EPA has relied on a stressor-response
approach which has been well
documented and developed in a number
of different contexts.141 142 143 Stressorresponse approaches estimate the
relationship between nitrogen/
phosphorus concentrations and a
response measure that is either directly
or indirectly related to the designated
use (in this case, chlorophyll a as a
measure of attaining a balanced natural
population of aquatic flora and fauna).
Then, concentrations that support the
141 USEPA. 2000a. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Lakes and Reservoirs. EPA–822–
B–00–001. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington, DC.
142 USEPA. 2000b. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Rivers and Streams. EPA–822–
B–00–002. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington, DC.
143 USEPA. 2008. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Wetlands. EPA–822–B–08–001.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
Water, Washington, DC.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75784
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
designated use can be derived from the
estimated relationship. In the case of
Florida, the use of this approach is
supported by a substantial Floridaspecific database of high quality
information, sound scientific analysis
and technical evaluation.
The effects of nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution are manifested in lakes in a
variety of ways and are welldocumented.144 145 146 147 A common
effect of nitrogen/phosphorus pollution
in lakes is the over-stimulation of algal
growth resulting in algal blooms, which
can cause changes in algal and animal
assemblages due to adverse changes in
important water quality parameters
necessary to support aquatic life. Algal
blooms can decrease water clarity and
aesthetics, which in turn can affect the
suitability of a lake for primary (e.g.,
swimming) and secondary (e.g., boating)
contact recreation. Algal blooms can
adversely affect drinking water supplies
by releasing toxins, interfering with
disinfection processes, or requiring
additional treatment. Algal blooms can
adversely affect biological process by
decreasing light availability to
submerged aquatic vegetation (which
serves as habitat for aquatic life),
degrading food quality and quantity for
other aquatic life, and increasing the
rate of oxygen consumption.
D. Numeric Criterion for the State of
Florida’s Springs
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
(1) Final Rule
EPA defines ‘‘spring’’ as a site at
which ground water flows through a
natural opening in the ground onto the
land surface or into a body of surface
water. This definition is drawn from the
U.S. Geological Survey, Circular
1137.148 This definition is not intended
to include streams that flow in a defined
channel that have some groundwater
baseflow component. EPA recognized
that groundwater-surface water
interactions in Florida are complex and
that FDEP will need to make sitespecific determinations about whether
144 Lee, G.F., W. Rast, R.A. Jones. 1978.
Eutrophication of water bodies: Insights for an ageold problem. Environmental Science and
Technology 12: 900–908.
145 Carlson R.E. 1977. A trophic state index for
lakes. Limnology and Oceanography 22:361–369.
146 Smith, V.H., G.D. Tilman, and J.C. Nekola.
1999. Eutrophication: impacts of excess nutrient
inputs on freshwater, marine, and terrestrial
ecosystems. Environmental Pollution 100: 179–196.
147 Smith, V.H., S.B. Joye, and R.W. Howarth.
2006. Eutrophication of freshwater and marine
ecosystems. Limnology and Oceanography 51:351–
355.
148 Schiffer, Donna M. 1998. Hydrology of Central
Florida Lakes—A Primer. U.S. Geological Survey in
cooperation with SJWMD and SFWMD: Circular
1137.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
water is subject to the stream criteria or
the springs criterion. EPA is
promulgating the numeric criterion for
nitrate+nitrite for Florida’s springs
classified as Class I or III waters under
Florida law (Section 62–302.400,
F.A.C.):
The applicable nitrate (NO3¥) + Nitrite
(NO2¥) is 0.35 mg/L as an annual
geometric mean, not to be exceeded
more than once in a three-year period
(2) Background and Analysis
(a) Derivation of Nitrate + Nitrite
Criterion
In its January proposal, EPA proposed
a nitrate+nitrite criterion of 0.35 mg/L
for springs and clear streams that would
support balanced natural populations of
aquatic flora and fauna in springs. EPA
proposed criteria for nitrate+nitrite
because one of most significant factors
causing adverse changes in spring
ecosystems is the pollution of
groundwater, principally with
nitrate+nitrite, resulting from human
land use changes, cultural practices, and
significant population growth.149 150
EPA based its proposed criterion on
multiple lines of stressor-response
evidence, which included controlled,
laboratory-scale experimental data and
analysis of field-based data. EPA’s first
line of evidence is stressor-response
data from controlled laboratory
experiments, which studied the growth
response of algae in springs to different
concentrations of nitrate+nitrite. EPA
found in its review of comprehensive
surveys 151 152 and a study 153 of 29
149 Katz, B.G., H.D. Hornsby, J.F. Bohlke and M.F.
Mokray. 1999. Sources and chronology of nitrate
contamination in spring water, Suwannee River
Basin, Florida. Water-Resources Investigations
Report 99–4252. U.S. Geological Survey,
Tallahassee, FL. Available electronically at: https://
fl.water.usgs.gov/PDF_files/wri99_4252_katz.pdf.
150 Brown M.T., K. Chinners Reiss, M.J. Cohen,
J.M. Evans, P.W. Inglett, K. Sharma Inglett, K.
Ramesh Reddy, T.K. Fraze, C.A. Jacoby, E.J. Phlips,
R.L. Knight, S.K. Notestein, R.G. Hamann, and K.A.
McKee. 2008. Summary and Synthesis of the
Available Literature on the Effects of Nutrients on
Spring Organisms and Systems. University of
Florida, Gainesville, Florida. Available
electronically at: https://www.dep.state.fl.us/springs/
reports/files/UF_SpringsNutrients_Report.pdf.
Accessed October 2010.
151 Pinowska, A., R.J. Stevenson, J.O. Sickman, A.
Albertin, and M. Anderson. 2007a. Integrated
interpretation of survey for determining nutrient
thresholds for macroalgae in Florida Springs:
Macroalgal relationships to water, sediment and
macroalgae nutrients, diatom indicators and land
use. Florida Department of Environmental
Protection, Tallahassee, FL.
152 Stevenson, R.J., A. Pinowska, and Y.K. Wang.
2004. Ecological Condition of Algae and Nutrients
in Florida Springs. Florida Department of
Environmental Protection, Tallahassee, FL.
153 Pinowska, A., R.J. Stevenson, J.O. Sickman, A.
Albertin, and M. Anderson. 2007b. Integrated
interpretation of survey and experimental
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Florida springs at over 150 sampling
sites, conducted on behalf of FDEP over
three years, that two nuisance algal taxa,
the cyanobacterium Lyngbya wollei and
the macroalgae Vaucheria sp., were the
most commonly occurring taxa. The
authors of the study conducted
controlled laboratory experiments,
which tested the growth response of
Lyngbya wollei and Vaucheria sp. to
different doses of nitrate+nitrite. They
found that Lyngbya wollei and
Vaucheria sp. growth rates increased in
response to increased doses of
nitrate+nitrite and that most of their
highest growth rates were reached at
and above 0.23 mg/L nitrate+nitrite.
EPA interpreted the results from these
studies as strong empirical evidence of
a stressor-response relationship between
nuisance algae and nitrate+nitrite and
further indicated specific concentrations
above which undesirable growth of
nuisance algal may be likely to occur.
In addition to the laboratory-based
experimental evidence, EPA reviewed
information compiled by FDEP in its
assessment of limits to restore springs
and protect them from excess algal
growth.154 155 The second line of
evidence was based on data collected
from in-situ algal monitoring and longterm field surveys in rivers FDEP
considered to exhibit similar aquatic
conditions to springs (e.g., algal
communities, water clarity, and
proportion of flow coming from a
spring). EPA found additional stressorresponse evidence in an analysis 156
based on over 200 algal samples
collected from 13 different algal
monitoring stations along the
Suwannee, Santa Fe, and Withlacoochee
Rivers from 1990 to 1998. The analysis
examined algal growth response over a
range of nitrate+nitrite concentration.
Results indicated a sharp increase in
approaches for determining nutrient thresholds for
macroalgae in Florida Springs: Laboratory
experiments and disturbance study. Florida
Department of Environmental Protection,
Tallahassee, FL.
154 Gao, X. 2008. Nutrient TMDLs for the Wekiva
River (WBIDs 2956, 2956A, and 2956C) and Rock
Springs Run (WBID 2967). Florida Department of
Environmental Protection, Division of Water
Resource Management, Tallahassee, FL.
155 Hallas, J.F. and W. Magley. 2008. Nutrient and
Dissolved Oxygen TMDL for the Suwannee River,
Santa Fe River, Manatee Springs (3422R), Fanning
Springs (3422S), Branford Spring (3422J), Ruth
Spring (3422L), Troy Spring (3422T), Royal Spring
(3422U), and Falmouth Spring (3422Z). Florida
Department of Environmental Protection, Bureau of
Watershed Management, Tallahassee, FL.
156 Niu, X.-F. 2007. Appendix B. Change Point
Analysis of the Suwannee River Algal Data. In Gao,
X. 2008. Nutrient TMDLs for the Wekiva River
(WBIDs 2956, 2956A, and 2956C) and Rock Springs
Run (WBID 2967). Florida Department of
Environmental Protection, Division of Water
Resource Management, Tallahassee, FL.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
75785
algal abundance and biomass above 0.4
mg/L nitrate + nitrite.
EPA concluded the two different lines
of stressor-response evidence point to a
nitrate+nitrite concentration of 0.35 mg/
L that would prevent excess algal
growth and be supportive of balanced
natural populations of aquatic flora and
fauna in Florida springs. This
concentration is higher than that
observed in laboratory-scale
experiments that may not be closely
representative of reference spring sites
in Florida, but lower than the
concentration that was associated with
changes in the balance of natural
populations of aquatic flora and fauna
observed in an analysis of field data.
EPA believes a nitrate+nitrite criterion
set at 0.35 mg/L represents an
appropriate and reasonable balance of
the scientific evidence.
EPA received a number of comments
regarding EPA’s proposed criterion for
springs, including concerns that the
biological responses observed in the
field were not representative of all
springs in Florida. EPA disagrees with
these commenters who suggested that
the observed effects in the field are not
sufficient evidence to support numeric
criteria derivation in springs. The algal
taxa, Lyngbya sp. and Vaucheria sp., are
representative taxa found in Florida
springs. In fact, Lyngbya and Vaucheria
are the most commonly observed
macroalgae in Florida springs.157 Thus,
the Agency considers the biological
responses of these representative taxa
observed in the field and in laboratory
experiments to be ecologically
meaningful and indicative of an adverse
biological response to elevated
nitrate+nitrite concentrations above 0.35
mg/L.
EPA also received comment that the
proposed nitrate+nitrite criterion was
inappropriately applied to all clear
streams within the State. After
considering these comments, EPA
concluded that clear streams are more
appropriately addressed as part of the
regionalized reference approach that is
supported by a broader range of stream
monitoring data as discussed above.
Therefore, EPA has decided not to
finalize the springs nitrate+nitrite
criterion in clear streams because EPA
considers the numeric criteria it is
finalizing in this rule for streams in the
five NWRs, which includes clear
streams, to be adequately protective and
scientifically defensible. These systems
will also be protected from excess
nitrogen from groundwater by the
nitrate+nitrite criteria applicable in the
springs that flow into them; thus,
additional nitrate+nitrite criteria are not
needed.
In this final rule, EPA is finalizing
nitrate+nitrite criterion for springs with
a magnitude of 0.35 mg/L. For more
information regarding the springs
criterion, please refer to EPA’s Final
Rule TSD for Florida’s Inland Waters,
Chapter 3: Methodology for Deriving
U.S. EPA’s Criteria for Springs located
in the record for this final rule.
EPA proposed a nitrate+nitrite
criterion duration as an annual
geometric mean with a criterion
frequency of not to be exceeded more
than once in three years. EPA also took
comment on alternative durations, such
as a monthly geometric mean, and
alternative frequencies, such as a not to
be exceeded more than 10% of the time.
EPA considered that the timescales of
the algal responses in the laboratory
experiments (i.e., 21 to 28 days) might
support a shorter duration over which
biological response to nitrate+nitrite
could occur. However, EPA found in its
review of springs data and information
that nitrate concentrations can be
variable from month to month, and this
intra-annual variability was not
necessarily associated with impairment
of the designated use. Therefore, to
account for intra-annual variability, EPA
chose to express the nitrate+nitrite
criterion for springs on an annual basis.
Comments included a suggestion to
express the frequency component of the
criterion as ‘‘not to be exceeded during
a three year period as a three year
average.’’ However, EPA is concerned
that cumulative effects of exposure may
manifest themselves in shorter periods
of time than three years. This is because
springs tend to be clear which provides
the opportunity for fast growing
nuisance algal species to quickly utilize
the excess nitrogen. When nuisance
algae species grow prolifically, they
outcompete and replace native
submerged aquatic vegetation. Thus,
more frequent exceedances of the
criterion-magnitude will not support a
balanced natural population of aquatic
flora and fauna in springs because
submerged aquatic vegetation can be
lost quickly from the effects of
nitrate+nitrite pollution, but can take
many years, if not decades, to
recover.158 For these reasons, EPA is
(1) Final Rule
This final rule is effective 15 months
after publication in the Federal
Register, except for the Federal sitespecific alternative criteria (SSAC)
provision of section 131.43(e), which is
effective 60 days after publication in the
Federal Register. This rule will apply in
addition to any other existing CWAeffective criteria for Class I or Class III
waters already adopted and submitted
to EPA by the State (and for those
adopted and submitted to EPA after May
30, 2000, approved by EPA). FDEP
establishes its designated uses through a
system of classes and Florida waters are
designated into one of several different
classes. Class III waters provide for
healthy aquatic life and safe recreational
use. Class I waters include all the
protection of designated uses provided
for Class III waters, and also include
protection for designated uses related to
drinking water supply. See Section 62–
302.400, F.A.C. Class I and III waters,
together with Class II waters that are
designated for shellfish propagation or
harvesting, comprise the set of Florida
waters that are assigned designated uses
that include the goals articulated in
Section 101(a)(2) of the CWA (i.e.
protection and propagation of fish,
shellfish, and wildlife and recreation in
and on the water).159 Class II waters will
be covered under EPA’s forthcoming
rulemaking efforts for estuarine and
coastal waters. EPA is promulgating
numeric criteria for lakes and flowing
waters, consistent with the terms of the
Agency’s Consent Decree, that Florida
has designated as Class I or Class III.
In terms of final rule language, EPA
has removed regulatory provisions at 40
CFR 131.43(c)(2)(iii) and 131.43(c)(4)–
(6) because these criteria (criteria for
protection of downstream estuarine
waters, flowing waters in the South
Florida Region, and estuaries and
coastal waters) will be included with
the Agency’s 2011 proposed rulemaking
for estuarine and coastal waters. For
water bodies designated as Class I and
Class III predominately fresh waters,
EPA’s final numeric criteria will be
applicable CWA water quality criteria
for purposes of implementing CWA
programs, including permitting under
the NPDES program, as well as
157 Stevenson, R.J., A. Pinowska, and Y.K. Wang.
2004. Ecological Condition of Algae and Nutrients
in Florida Springs. Florida Department of
Environmental Protection, Tallahassee, FL.
158 Duarte, C.M. 1995. Submerged aquatic
vegetation in relation to different nutrient regimes.
Ophelia: International Journal of Marine Biology 41:
87–112.
159 Because FL classifications are cumulative,
Class I waters include protections for aquatic life
and recreation, in addition to protecting drinking
water supply use.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
(b) Duration and Frequency
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
finalizing the proposed duration and
frequency of an annual geometric mean
not to be exceeded more than once in
three years.
E. Applicability of Criteria When Final
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75786
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
monitoring, assessments, and listing of
impaired waters based on applicable
CWA WQS and establishment of
TMDLs.
In this final rule, the Agency has also
deleted proposed regulatory provisions
at 40 CFR 131.43(d)(2)(i)–(iii) on mixing
zones, design flow, and listing impaired
waters. EPA notes that the final criteria
in this rule are subject to Florida’s
general rules of applicability in the
same way and to the same extent as are
other State-adopted and/or Federallypromulgated criteria for Florida waters.
(See 40 CFR 131.43(d)(2)). States have
discretion to adopt policies generally
affecting the application and
implementation of WQS. (See 40 CFR
131.13). There are many applications of
criteria in Florida’s water quality
programs. Therefore, EPA believes that
it is not necessary for purposes of this
final rule to enumerate each of them,
nor is it necessary to restate any
otherwise applicable requirements. This
broad reference to general rules of
applicability provides sufficient
coverage and has been used without
further elaboration in EPA’s most recent
criteria promulgation applicable to State
waters.160 The Agency is also concerned
that addressing some applications in
this final regulations and not others may
create unnecessary and unintended
questions, confusion, and uncertainty
about the overall application of
Florida’s general rules.
(2) Summary of Major Comments
Regarding application of criteria,
several commenters asked EPA to
provide more detail on how waters
would be monitored, whether EPA
would use the rotating basin approach
that FDEP uses, how EPA would enforce
the criteria, and how specific entities
would be affected. In response, EPA
points out that WQS generally, and
EPA’s rule specifically, do not specify
how to achieve those WQS. As
discussed above, the State of Florida
will determine how best to meet these
Federal numeric criteria in a way that
most effectively meets the needs of its
citizens and environment. FDEP is the
primary agency responsible for
implementing CWA programs in the
State of Florida. As such, EPA defers to
FDEP in administering applicable CWA
programs consistent with the CWA and
EPA’s implementing regulations. EPA
has worked closely with the State to
address nitrogen/phosphorus pollution
problems in Florida. EPA will continue
to collaborate with FDEP as the State
implements EPA’s Federallypromulgated numeric criteria.
160 See
40 CFR 131.41(d)(2).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
Several commenters asserted that
Florida would not be able to implement
EPA’s Federally-promulgated numeric
criteria without first adopting the
criteria into State law. EPA does not
believe that, in order to implement
EPA’s Federally-promulgated numeric
criteria, FDEP is required to adopt EPA’s
rule into State law. EPA’s numeric
criteria for Florida’s lakes and flowing
waters will be effective for CWA
purposes 15 months after publication of
the final criteria in the Federal Register
and will apply in addition to any other
existing CWA-effective criteria for Class
I or Class III waters already adopted by
the State and submitted to EPA (and for
those adopted after May 30, 2000,
adopted and submitted by FDEP and
approved by EPA). FDEP retains the
authority to move forward with its own
rulemaking process at any time to
establish State numeric criteria and to
submit such criteria to EPA for review
and approval under section 303(c) of the
CWA. If FDEP does not adopt State
numeric criteria, the Department retains
its current authority to implement
Federally promulgated criteria through
the State’s narrative or ‘‘free from’’
criteria. FDEP’s General Counsel has
confirmed, in a 2005 letter to EPA that
the State’s water quality criteria
regulations for surface waters, set out at
Section 62–302.500, F.A.C., provide
authority for the Department to address
and implement EPA promulgated
criteria in CWA programs.161
Several commenters suggested that
EPA incorporate water quality targets
from adopted and approved TMDLs as
site-specific criteria (SSAC) for specific
waters in lieu of the more broadly
applicable criteria promulgated by EPA.
These commenters asserted that the
TMDL values better reflect site-specific
needs and were already serving as the
basis for many pollutant reduction
actions, including Basin Management
Action Plans (BMAPs). Commenters
expressed concern that actions to
implement the TMDLs would be
curtailed or delayed because of the
uncertainty whether additional
reductions might be required, and that
both the Federal SSAC process
(described in Section V.C of this notice)
and use attainability analysis (UAA)/
variance process would be too
burdensome and time-consuming to be
effective alternatives. Similarly, some
commenters requested that specific
restoration projects be exempted from
EPA’s criteria or that EPA employ a
161 FDEP. 2005, January 5. ‘‘Petition to Withdraw
Florida’s NPDES Authority of March 19, 2004
Response to EPA Letter of December 8, 2004.’’ Letter
from George Munson, General Counsel.
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
process for delaying application of the
criteria where a water is under study.
EPA’s position is that EPA-established
or approved TMDLs may provide
sufficient information to support a sitespecific alternative criterion, but that
such a demonstration should be made
after considering and taking into
account any new relevant information
available, including but not limited to
the substantial analysis and data
considered and made a part of the
record for this final rule. For this reason,
EPA considers the Federal SSAC
procedure to be the appropriate
mechanism for determining whether
any specific TMDL target should be
adopted as a SSAC. For restoration
projects or waters under study, a Stateissued variance may also be an
appropriate vehicle for regulatory
flexibility.
Several commenters requested
clarification regarding the effect of
EPA’s Federally-promulgated numeric
criteria on existing TMDLs. A TMDL is
established at levels necessary to attain
and maintain ‘‘applicable narrative and
numerical water quality standards.’’ (See
40 CFR 130.7(c)(1)). A TMDL addressing
a narrative WQS requires translating the
narrative WQC into a numeric water
quality target (e.g., a concentration).
TMDLs are not implemented directly
but through other programs such as
NPDES permitting and non-point source
programs. For example, a NPDES
permitting authority must ensure at the
time of permit issuance that WQBELs
are consistent with the assumptions and
requirements of any available wasteload
allocation (WLA) for that discharge
contained in a TMDL, as well as derive
from and comply with all applicable
WQS. (See 40 CFR 122.44(d)(1)(vii)(A)
and (B)).
Some existing TMDLs translate the
same portion of Florida’s narrative
criterion, Subsection 62–302.530(47)(b),
F.A.C., as EPA has translated to derive
its numeric criteria, e.g. no imbalance in
natural populations of aquatic flora and
fauna. The permitting authority must
ensure that any permit issuance or reissuance include WQBELs that are as
stringent as necessary to meet the
promulgated numeric criteria, pursuant
to CWA section 301(b)(1)(C) and 40 CFR
122.44(d)(1). These existing TMDLs will
likely include information that is
relevant and helpful in evaluating
necessary discharge limitations, such as
consideration of other sources of the
pollutant and hydrodynamics of the
waterbody. EPA recommends that
existing TMDLs that are based on
translation of Subsection 62–
302.520(47)(b), F.A.C. (‘‘no imbalance in
natural population of aquatic flora and
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
fauna’’), undergo a two-part evaluation.
The first step is to assess whether the
waterbody is still, in fact, water qualitylimited (impaired) using the new
numeric WQC. If the waterbody is still
water quality-limited, then a second
evaluation should be conducted to
determine whether the existing TMDL
based on the narrative is sufficient to
meet the new numeric criterion, and in
turn, whether or not it may be
appropriate to revise the TMDL. The
State may also wish to pursue
submitting the TMDL water quality
target derived by translating the
narrative for determination as a Federal
SSAC.
Other existing TMDLs translate
another part of Florida’s narrative
nutrient criterion, Subsection 62–
302.530(47)(a) F.A.C. This provision
provides that nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution shall be limited so as to
prevent violation of another Florida
WQS. Where a TMDL water quality
target was developed as a translation of
this part of Florida’s narrative nutrient
criterion (for example, that amount of
nitrogen/phosphorus that would not
cause excursions of Florida’s dissolved
oxygen WQS), the appropriate WQBEL
is the more stringent result of applying
the TMDL WLA or the promulgated
numeric criteria.
It is important to keep in mind that no
TMDL will be rescinded or invalidated
as a result of this final rule, nor does
this final rule have the effect of
withdrawing any prior EPA approval of
a TMDL in Florida. Neither the CWA
nor EPA regulations require TMDLs to
be completed or revised within any
specific time period after a change in
water quality standards occurs. TMDLs
are typically reviewed as part of States’
ongoing water quality assessment
programs. Florida may review TMDLs at
its discretion based on the State’s
priorities, resources, and most recent
assessments. NPDES permits are subject
to five-year permit cycles, and in certain
circumstances are administratively
continued beyond five years. In
practice, States often prioritize their
administrative workload in permits.
This prioritization could be coordinated
with TMDL review.
EPA-established or approved TMDLs
may provide sufficient information to
support a site-specific alternative
criterion (SSAC). The SSAC path is one
that local governments or businesses
may want to pursue where they desire
assurance that the TMDL will become
the applicable numeric criteria in
advance of the State’s review of the
TMDL or where substantial investments
in pollution controls are predicated on
water quality based effluent limits, and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
local governments or businesses need
long-term planning certainty before
making these investments. The
demonstrations supporting SSAC
requests for TMDLs should reflect any
new relevant information that has
become available since the TMDL was
developed, including but not limited to
the substantial analysis and data
considered and made a part of the
record for this final rule. For this reason,
EPA considers the Federal SSAC
procedure to be the appropriate
mechanism for determining whether
any specific TMDL target should replace
the otherwise applicable numeric
criteria in this final rule. EPA will work
cooperatively with entities requesting
SSAC to expedite consideration of
TMDL targets and associated TN and/or
TP levels as Federal SSAC for purposes
of this final rule. As explained in the
preamble to the final rule, EPA has
delayed the effective date of its numeric
criteria for 15 months. EPA encourages
any entity wishing to have EPA adopt a
particular TMDL target as a SSAC to
submit such TMDL to EPA for
consideration as a SSAC as soon as
possible during these 15 months. When
submitting such requests to EPA, such
entity must copy FDEP so that FDEP
may provide any comments it has to
EPA. EPA would then review the SSAC
application and prepare the SSAC for
public notice once this final rule takes
effect. Following this process, the TMDL
target, if scientifically and technically
justified, could replace the otherwise
applicable numeric criteria within a
very short period of time after this final
rule takes effect. Following any such
establishment of site-specific numeric
criteria, the State of Florida may review
and/or revise the TMDL at its discretion
based on the changed criteria and the
State’s priorities, resources, and most
recent assessments. EPA is still required
to approve any changes to a previously
approved TMDL.
EPA is extending the effective date of
this rule, with the exception of the sitespecific alternative criteria provision for
reasons discussed below, for 15 months
to allow time for the Agency to work
with stakeholders and FDEP on
important implementation issues and to
help the public and all affected parties
better understand the final criteria and
the bases for those criteria. EPA
solicited comment on the rule’s
proposed effective date in the preamble
to the proposed rule (75 FR 4216
(January 26, 2010)) and received many
comments requesting that EPA delay the
effective date of the final criteria. A
range of commenters suggested delayed
effective dates from several months to
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75787
several years, including linking the
effective date of this rule with the
forthcoming estuaries and coastal waters
rule to allow closer coordination of the
related parts of the two rulemakings.
EPA does not agree with some
commenters that such an extensive
delay is necessary. However, EPA does
believe, as discussed below, that these
criteria present a unique opportunity for
substantial nitrogen and phosphorus
loadings reductions in the State that
would be greatly facilitated and
expedited by strongly coordinated and
well-informed stakeholder engagement,
planning, and support before a rule of
this significance and broad scope begins
to take effect and be implemented
through the State’s regulatory programs.
EPA believes that it is critical, before
the rule becomes effective, to engage
and support, in full partnership with
FDEP, the general public, stakeholders,
local governments, and sectors of the
regulated community across the State in
a process of public outreach, education,
discussion, and constructive planning.
EPA solicited comment on the proposed
rule in January 2010 and has carefully
considered those comments, which
numbered more than 22,000, in
developing the final rule. However, the
nature of rule development has kept
EPA from publicly discussing the
contents of the final rule until the rule
development process, itself, was
complete. An investment in outreach,
information, coordination, technical
assistance and planning following this
action may result in far more effective,
expeditious, and ultimately effective
implementation of appropriate and
badly needed nutrient pollution
reduction measures leading to public
health and environmental
improvements, the goals of this rule.
EPA recognizes that in order for FDEP
to effectively implement the final
criteria for nutrients, it needs to plan
how to best address the criteria in State
programs such as the permits,
waterbody assessment and listing, and
TMDL programs. The State may need to
develop implementation plans and
guidance for affected State regulatory
programs, train employees, and educate
the public and regulated communities.
EPA will work with FDEP as a partner
over the next 15 months as FDEP takes
the steps necessary to implement the
new standards in an orderly manner.
Moreover, EPA believes it would be
useful and beneficial to have
discussions with State and local
officials, organizations of interested
parties, and with the general public to
explain the final rule, the bases for that
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75788
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
rule, and respond to implementation
questions and concerns.
Several stakeholder groups have
provided comments about particular
implementation issues that will require
time to address before effective
implementation of the final rule can be
achieved. Florida has a unique local
government administration structure
that includes county, municipal, and
special districts, all which have
overlapping authorities with respect to
managing water resources. The special
districts provide water resource
management oversight of flood control
and water supply services. These
multiple layers of government
authorities will require time to
coordinate responsibilities. An
additional concern for local
governments is their budgeting process.
Most local governments operate on a
fiscal year cycle of October to
September; thus they have recently
begun a new fiscal year. These local
governments engage in multi-year
budget planning and have already begun
laying the budget foundations for up to
five successive years. EPA recognizes
that Florida’s agricultural community
has implemented a variety of best
management practices (BMPs) that are
effective at reducing nitrogen and
phosphorus pollution from farms.
However, Florida’s agriculture industry
is composed of a large number of small
farms (about 17,000) that have average
annual sales of less than $10,000 each,
and most do not receive any form of
government assistance.162 EPA
anticipates that the Natural Resource
Conservation Service and the University
of Florida/Institute of Food and
Agricultural Sciences Extension will
need time to educate those not currently
enrolled in nutrient management and
BMP programs to control nutrient
runoff.
A delayed effective date of 15 months
for the criteria will also provide time for
interested parties to pursue site-specific
alternative criteria (SSAC) for a given
waterbody. EPA’s final rule and
associated preamble describe the
process by which any entity may seek
162 NASS. 2009a. 2007 Census of agriculture
Florida State and county data, Volume 1,
Geographic Area Series, Part 9, AC–07–A–9,
Updated December 2009, National Agricultural
Statistics Service, U.S. Department of Agriculture,
Washington, DC. https://www.agcensus.usda.gov/
Publications/2007/Full_Report/
Volume_1,_Chapter_1_State_Level/Florida/flv1.pdf
(retrieved July 15, 2010).
NASS. 2009. 2009 State agriculture overview—
Florida. U.S. Department of Agriculture, National
Agricultural Statistics Service, Washington, DC,
https://www.nass.usda.gov/Statistics_by_State/
Ag_Overview/AgOverview_FL.pdf (retrieved June
17, 2010).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
a SSAC. A decision to seek a SSAC
could not be made, however, until
interested parties know what the
applicable criteria would be. The
Federal SSAC portion of the rule,
§ 131.43(e), goes into effect 60 days after
publication of this rule to allow this
important work to proceed in advance
of the effective date for the remaining
provisions of the rule. During the 15
months before the criteria become
effective, parties may evaluate the final
criteria, decide whether they want to
seek a SSAC, and, if so, submit their
SSAC application materials to EPA,
copying FDEP. EPA could then review
the application, and if complete, public
notice the application and technical
support document pursuant to the SSAC
provision in the final rule. If, after
reviewing public comment, EPA
believes that the SSAC application
meets the requirements of this rule, EPA
could determine that such SSAC apply
to the specific waterbody in lieu of the
criteria in the final rule, even before the
criteria in the final rule become effective
due to the earlier effective date of the
SSAC provision.
EPA believes that the 15-month
period of time between publication in
the Federal Register and the effective
date of the criteria will ultimately result
in attainment of the criteria in an overall
shorter period of time. As EPA
frequently points out in its guidance
and training materials, criteria are not
‘‘self-implementing’’, that is, it takes
knowledgeable and experienced
professionals to effectively and properly
employ the criteria in monitoring and
assessment programs, permit limit
derivation and expression, nonpoint
source (NPS) control strategies, and
other program applications. Without
time to develop procedures, there is the
risk of ineffective implementation that
will not meet the underlying objective
of this action—to restore and protect
Florida’s waters from harm caused by
nitrogen and phosphorus pollution.
Well designed and mapped out NPS
control strategies, in particular, will be
critical to gain stakeholder trust and
participation.
EPA wishes to actively engage in
partnership with FDEP to support
FDEPs implementation of these new
standards, for example by considering
applications for site-specific alternative
criteria. After careful consideration of
time requirements for critical steps,
along with recognition of important
planning and accounting mechanisms
such as fiscal years, and local and
county meeting and planning cycles,
EPA has determined that a 15-month
time period is both reasonable and will
allow time for important
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
implementation activities to take place.
This 15-month period will allow for a
four-month education and outreach
rollout to cover the major interest
sectors and geographic locations
throughout the State of Florida; a threemonth period of training and guidance
concurrent with data synthesis and
analysis to support potential SSAC
development; a two-month public
comment and response period to allow
development of effective guidance,
training and possible workshops to run
concurrent with SSAC submittals; a
three-month period for finalizing
guidance materials along with
development of rollout strategies (e.g.,
for NPS control) concurrent with notice
and comment of SSAC; and finally a 3month period for statewide education
and training on guidance and
contingency planning. In short, the 15
months before the criteria become
effective will ensure application of
programs to achieve criteria in a manner
that makes the most efficient use of
limited resources and gains the broadest
possible support for timely and effective
action upon reaching the effective date
of the criteria.
IV. Under what conditions will Federal
standards be withdrawn?
Under the CWA, Congress gave States
primary responsibility for developing
and adopting WQS for their navigable
waters. (See CWA section 303(a)-(c)).
Although EPA is promulgating numeric
criteria for lakes and springs throughout
Florida and flowing waters outside the
South Florida Region, Florida continues
to have the option to adopt and submit
to EPA numeric criteria for the State’s
Class I and Class III waters consistent
with CWA section 303(c) and
implementing regulations at 40 CFR part
131.
Pursuant to 40 CFR 131.21(c), EPA’s
promulgated WQS are applicable WQS
for purposes of the CWA until EPA
withdraws those Federally-promulgated
WQS. Withdrawing the Federal
standards for the State of Florida would
require rulemaking by EPA pursuant to
the requirements of the Administrative
Procedure Act (5 U.S.C.551 et seq.). EPA
would undertake such a rulemaking to
withdraw the Federal criteria if and
when Florida adopts and EPA approves
numeric criteria that fully meet the
requirements of section 303(c) of the
CWA and EPA’s implementing
regulations at 40 CFR part 131.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
V. Alternative Regulatory Approaches
and Implementation Mechanisms
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
A. Designating Uses
(1) Background and Analysis
Under CWA section 303(c), States
shall adopt designated uses after taking
‘‘into consideration the use and value of
water for public water supplies,
protection and propagation of fish,
shellfish, and wildlife, recreation in and
on the water, agricultural, industrial and
other purposes including navigation.’’
Designated uses ‘‘shall be such as to
protect the public health or welfare,
enhance the quality of water and serve
the purposes of [the CWA].’’ (See CWA
section 303(c)(2)(A)). EPA’s regulation
at 40 CFR 131.3(f) defines ‘‘designated
uses’’ as ‘‘those uses specified in water
quality standards for each waterbody or
segment whether or not they are being
attained.’’ A ‘‘use’’ is a particular
function of, or activity in, waters of the
United States that requires a specific
level of water quality to support it. In
other words, designated uses are a
State’s concise statements of its
management objectives and
expectations for each of the individual
surface waters under its jurisdiction.
In the context of designating uses,
States often work with stakeholders to
identify a collective goal for their waters
that the State intends to strive for as it
manages water quality. States may
evaluate the attainability of these goals
and expectations to ensure they have
designated appropriate uses. (See 40
CFR 131.10(g)). Consistent with CWA
sections 101(a)(2) and 303(c)(2)(A),
EPA’s implementing regulations specify
that States adopt designated uses that
provide water quality for the protection
and propagation of fish, shellfish, and
wildlife and for recreation in and on the
water, wherever attainable. (See 40 CFR
131.10). Where States do not designate
those uses, or remove those uses, they
must demonstrate that such uses are not
attainable consistent with the use
attainability analysis (UAA) provisions
of 40 CFR 131.10, specifically 131.10(g).
States may determine, based on a UAA,
that attaining a designated use is not
feasible and propose to EPA to change
the use to something that is attainable.
This action to change a designated use
must be completed in accordance with
EPA regulations. (See 40 CFR 131.10(g)
and (h)). In implementing these
regulations, EPA allows grouping waters
together in a watershed in a single UAA,
provided that there is site-specific
information to show how each
individual water fits into the group in
the context of any single UAA and how
each individual water meets the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
applicable requirements of 40 CFR
131.10(g).
EPA’s final numeric criteria for lakes
and flowing waters apply to those
waters designated by FDEP as Class I
(Potable Water Supplies) or Class III
(Recreation, Propagation and
Maintenance of a Healthy, WellBalanced Population of Fish and
Wildlife). If Florida removes either the
Class I and/or Class III designated use
for any particular waterbody ultimately
affected by this rule, and EPA finds that
removal to be consistent with CWA
section 303(c) and regulations at 40 CFR
part 131, then the Federallypromulgated numeric criteria would not
apply to that waterbody because it
would no longer be designated Class I
or III. Instead, any criteria associated
with the newly designated use would
apply to that waterbody.
75789
promulgated criteria. For this reason,
EPA did not propose and is not
promulgating an alternative Federal
variance procedure.
(2) Background and Analysis
(1) Final Rule
A variance is a temporary
modification to the designated use and
associated water quality criteria that
would otherwise apply to the receiving
water.163 Variances constitute new or
revised WQS subject to the substantive
requirements applicable to removing a
designated use.164 Thus, a variance is
based on the same factors, set out at 40
CFR 131.10(g), that are required to
revise a designated use through a UAA.
Typically, variances are time-limited
(e.g., three to five years), but renewable.
Temporarily modifying the designated
use for a particular waterbody through
a variance process allows a State to limit
the applicability of a specific criterion
to that water and to identify an
alternative designated use and
associated criteria to be met during the
term of the variance. A variance should
be used instead of removal of a use
where the State believes the standard
can be attained at some point in the
future. By maintaining the designated
use for all other criteria and dischargers,
and by specifying a point in the future
when the designated use will be fully
applicable in all respects, the State
ensures that further progress will be
made in improving water quality and
attaining the standard. A variance may
be written to address a specified
geographic area, a specified pollutant or
pollutants, and/or a specified pollutant
source. All other applicable WQS not
specifically modified by the variance
would remain applicable (e.g., any other
criteria adopted to protect the
designated use). State variance
procedures, as part of State WQS, must
be consistent with the substantive
requirements of 40 CFR part 131. Each
variance, as a revised WQS, must be
submitted to EPA for review pursuant to
CWA section 303(c). A variance allows,
among other things, NPDES permits to
be written such that reasonable progress
is made 165 toward attaining the
underlying standards for affected waters
without violating section 402(a)(l) of the
Act, which requires that NPDES permits
For purposes of this rule, EPA is
promulgating criteria that apply to use
designations that Florida has already
established. EPA believes that the State
has sufficient authority to use its
currently EPA-approved variance
procedures with respect to a temporary
modification of its Class I or Class III
uses as it pertains to any Federally-
163 Water Quality Standards Regulation, 40 CFR
part 131: Advance notice of proposed rulemaking.
USEPA FR 63:129 (July 7, 1998). p. 36741–36806.
164 In re Bethlehem Steel Corporation, General
Counsel Opinion No. 58. March 29, 1977 (1977 WL
28245 (E.P.A. G.C.)).
165 USEPA. 1994. Water Quality Standards
Handbook: Second Edition. EPA–823–B–94–005a.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
Water, Washington, DC.
(2) Summary of Major Comments
Many commenters took the
opportunity to emphasize the need to
adhere to the regulations governing the
process of modifying or removing a
designated use. Some commenters
suggested that the process to change a
designated use is extremely difficult.
EPA’s experience is that UAAs may
range from simple to complex,
depending on a variety of factors, such
as the type of waterbody involved, the
size of the segment, the use being
changed, the relative degree of change
proposed for the designated use, the
presence of unique ecological habitats,
and the level of public interest/
involvement in the designated use
decision. EPA agrees that, while a UAA
is being conducted, the current
designated use and corresponding
criteria remain in place. In the case of
Florida’s Class I and Class III flowing
waters and lakes, EPA’s promulgated
numeric criteria will remain the
applicable WQS for CWA purposes,
including assessments, listings, TMDL
development and the issuance of
NPDES permits, unless and until the
State adopts revised designated uses
(with different associated criteria) that
are submitted to and approved by EPA
under CWA section 303(c).
B. Variances
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75790
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
must meet the applicable WQS. (See
CWA section 301(b)(1)(C)).
(3) Summary of Major Comments
In response to comments, EPA agrees
that variances could be adopted on a
multiple-discharger basis and can be
renewed so long as the State and EPA
conclude that such variances are
consistent with the CWA and
implementing regulations. In this
regard, EPA allows grouping waters
together in a watershed in a single
variance application, provided that
there is site-specific information to
show how each individual water fits
into the group in the context of any
single variance and how each individual
water meets the applicable requirements
of 40 CFR 131.10(g). EPA disagrees that
Florida law, at 403.201(2), F.S.,
prohibits the State from issuing
variances for waters affected by the
Federally-promulgated numeric criteria.
Florida law at 403.201(2), F.S., provides
that a variance may not be granted that
would result in State requirements that
are less stringent than a comparable
Federal provision or requirement. As
discussed above, a variance is a
temporary modification to the
designated use and thus to the
associated water quality criteria that
would otherwise apply to the receiving
water. EPA’s Federal rule, however,
does not promulgate or revise any
Florida designated uses. EPA’s criteria
are intended to protect the Class I and
Class III designated uses that Florida
already has in place. EPA’s criteria do
not apply where and when the use is
something other than Class I or Class III,
as would be the case for a variance.
Rather, Florida would establish
alternative criteria associated with the
variance. Any variance would constitute
a new or revised WQS subject to EPA
review and approval pursuant to section
303(c) of the CWA.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
C. Site-Specific Alternative Criteria
(1) Final Rule
EPA believes that there is benefit in
establishing a specific procedure in the
Federal rule for EPA adoption of Federal
site-specific alternative criteria (SSAC)
for the numeric chlorophyll a, TN, TP,
and nitrate+nitrite criteria in this rule.
In this rulemaking, EPA is promulgating
a procedure whereby the Regional
Administrator, Region 4, may establish
a SSAC after providing for public
comment on the proposed SSAC and the
supporting documentation. (See 40 CFR
131.43(e)). This procedure allows any
entity, including the State, to submit a
proposed Federal SSAC directly to EPA
for the Agency’s review and assessment
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
as to whether an adjustment to the
applicable Federal numeric criteria is
appropriate and warranted. The Federal
SSAC process is separate and distinct
from the State’s SSAC processes in its
WQS.
The Federal SSAC procedure allows
EPA to determine that a revised sitespecific chlorophyll a, TN, TP, or nitrate
+ nitrite numeric criterion should apply
in lieu of the generally applicable
criteria promulgated in this final rule
where that SSAC is demonstrated to be
protective of the applicable designated
use(s). The promulgated procedure
provides that EPA will solicit public
comment on its determination. Because
EPA’s rule establishes this procedure,
implementation of this procedure does
not require withdrawal of Federallypromulgated criteria for affected water
bodies for the Federal SSAC to be
effective for purposes of the CWA. EPA
has promulgated similar procedures for
EPA granting of variances and SSACs in
other Federally-promulgated WQS.166
EPA is aware of concerns expressed
by some commenters that a waterbody
may exceed the numeric criteria in this
rule and still meet Florida’s designated
uses related to recreation, public health,
and the propagation and maintenance of
a healthy, well-balanced population of
fish and wildlife. EPA recognizes that
there may be certain situations where
additional, new, or more specific data
related to the local conditions or biology
of a particular waterbody may well
support an alternate site-specific
numeric criteria which may
appropriately be more (or less) stringent
than the criteria in this final rule in
order to ensure maintenance of instream
designated uses and protection of
downstream waters. EPA believes that
the SSAC process is an appropriate
mechanism to address such situations
and is committed to acting on Federal
SSAC applications intended to address
such situations as expeditiously as
possible.
The process for obtaining a Federal
SSAC includes the following steps.
First, an entity seeking a SSAC compiles
the supporting data, conducts the
analyses, develops the expression of the
criterion, and prepares the supporting
documentation demonstrating that
alternative numeric criteria are
protective of the applicable designated
use. The ‘‘entity’’ may be the State, a city
or county, a municipal or industrial
discharger, a consulting firm acting on
a behalf of a client, or any other
individual or organization. The entity
166 See 40 CFR 131.33(a)(3), 40 CFR 131.34(c), 40
CFR 131.36(c)(3)(iii), 40 CFR 131.38(c)(2)(v), 40
CFR 131.40(c).
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
requesting the SSAC bears the burden of
demonstrating that any proposed SSAC
meets the requirements of the CWA and
EPA’s implementing regulations,
specifically 40 CFR 131.11. Second, if
the entity is not the State, the entity
must provide notice of the proposed
SSAC to the State, including all
supporting documentation so that the
State may provide comments on the
proposal to EPA. Third, the Regional
Administrator will evaluate the
technical basis and protectiveness of the
proposed SSAC and decide whether to
publish a public notice and take
comment on the proposed SSAC. The
Regional Administrator may decide not
to publish a public notice and instead
return the proposal to the entity
submitting the proposal, with an
explanation as to why the proposed
SSAC application did not provide
sufficient information for EPA to
determine whether it meets CWA
requirements or not. If EPA solicits
public comment on a proposed SSAC,
upon review of comments, the Regional
Administrator may determine that the
Federal SSAC is appropriate to account
for site-specific conditions and make
that determination publicly available
together with an explanation of the basis
for the decision. The Regional
Administrator may also determine that
the Federal SSAC is not appropriate and
make that determination publicly
available together with an explanation
of the basis for the decision.
To successfully develop a Federal
SSAC for a given lake, stream, or spring,
a thorough analysis is necessary that
indicates how designated uses are being
supported both in the waterbody itself
and in downstream water bodies at
concentrations of either TN, TP,
chlorophyll a, or nitrate+nitrite that are
either higher or lower than the
Federally-promulgated applicable
criteria. This analysis should have
supporting documentation that consists
of examining both indicators of longerterm response to multiple stressors,
such as benthic macroinvertebrate
health as determined by Florida’s
Stream Condition Index (SCI), and
indicators of shorter-term response
specific to nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution, such as periphyton algal
thickness or water column chlorophyll
a concentrations. To pursue a Federal
SSAC on a watershed-wide basis, the
same types of procedures that EPA used
to develop the Federally promulgated
applicable criteria can be used with
further refinements to the categorization
of water bodies. For example, an entity
could derive alternative instream
protective TP and/or TN values using
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
EPA’s approach by further subdelineating the Nutrient Watershed
Regions and providing the
corresponding data, analysis and
documentation to support derivation of
an alternative criteria that is protective
of the designated use that applies both
to the smaller watershed regions as well
as to downstream waters. This type of
refined reference condition approach is
described in EPA guidance manuals 167
and would be consistent with methods
used to develop the Federallypromulgated criteria for Florida. In
developing either a site-specific or
watershed-wide Federal SSAC, it is
necessary to ensure that values allowed
in an upstream segment as a result of a
SSAC provide for the attainment and
maintenance of the WQS of downstream
waters. It will be important to examine
a stream system on a broader basis to
ensure that a SSAC established for one
segment does not result in adverse
effects in nearby segments or
downstream waters, such as a
downstream lake.
This rule specifically identifies four
approaches for developing SSAC. The
first two approaches are replicating the
approaches EPA used to develop stream
and lake criteria, respectively, and
applying these methods to a smaller
subset of waters. The third approach for
developing SSAC is to conduct a
biological, chemical, and physical
assessment of waterbody conditions.
The fourth approach for developing
SSAC is a general provision for using
another scientifically defensible
approach that is protective of the
designated use. The first two
approaches for developing SSAC
replicate EPA’s methods in deriving the
stream and lake criteria set out in this
final rule. To understand the necessary
steps in this analysis, interested parties
should refer to the complete
documentation of these methods in the
materials included in the rule docket.
The third approach for developing
SSAC is to conduct a biological,
chemical, and physical assessment of
waterbody conditions. This is a more
general approach than the replication
approaches and would need additional
detail and description of supporting
rationale in the documentation
submitted to EPA. The components of
this approach could include, but not be
limited to, evaluation of benthic
macroinvertebrate health using the
Stream Condition Index (SCI), presence
or absence of native flora and fauna,
167 USEPA.
2000b. Nutrient Criteria Technical
Guidance Manual: Rivers and Streams. EPA–822–
B–00–002. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Office of Water, Washington, DC.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
chlorophyll a concentrations or
periphyton density, average daily
dissolved oxygen fluctuation, organic
versus inorganic components of total
nitrogen, habitat assessment, and
hydrologic disturbance. This approach
could apply to any waterbody type, with
specific components of analysis tailored
for the situation. The fourth approach
for developing SSAC is a general
provision for using another
scientifically defensible approach that is
protective of the designated use. This
provision allows applicants to make a
complete demonstration to EPA using
methods not otherwise described in the
rule or its statement of basis, consistent
with 40 CFR 131.11(b)(1)(iii). This
approach could potentially include use
of mechanistic models or other data and
information.
(2) Background and Analysis
A SSAC is an alternative value to
criteria set forth in this final rule that
would be applied on a watershed, areawide, or water-body specific basis that
meets the regulatory test of protecting
the instream designated use, having a
basis in sound science, and ensuring the
protection and maintenance of
downstream WQS. SSAC may be more
or less stringent than the otherwise
applicable Federal numeric criteria. In
either case, because the SSAC must
protect the same designated use and
must be based on sound science (i.e.,
meet the requirements of 40 CFR
131.11(a)), there is no need to modify
the designated use or conduct a UAA.
A SSAC may be appropriate when
further scientific data and analyses can
bring added precision or accuracy to
express the necessary level or
concentration of chlorophyll a, TN, TP,
and/or nitrate+nitrite that protects the
designated use for a particular
waterbody.
(3) Summary of Major Comments
Many commenters expressed support
for the concept of EPA’s proposed SSAC
procedure, although many also
expressed concerns about the viability,
requirements, expense, and time
associated with the process. In EPA’s
proposed rule, the SSAC process was to
be initiated by the State submitting a
request to EPA. Many commenters were
confused about the relationship between
the Federal SSAC process and the
State’s Type 1 and Type 2 SSAC
processes, and how the processes relate
for purposes of the Federal rule. The
Federal SSAC process is separate and
independent from the State SSAC
processes. A Federal SSAC is
established by the Regional
Administrator of EPA Region 4 after due
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75791
notice and comment from the public. To
resolve this confusion, and to provide a
more direct means for entities other
than the State to initiate the SSAC
process, EPA’s final rule provides that
any entity may submit a request for a
SSAC directly to the Regional
Administrator. The final rule adds a
requirement that entities submit
proposed SSAC and supporting
materials to the State at the same time
those materials are submitted to EPA to
ensure the State has the opportunity to
submit comments to EPA.
As several commenters have pointed
out, Florida WQS regulations currently
do not authorize the State to adopt a
SSAC as State WQS except where
natural conditions are outside the limits
of broadly applicable criteria
established by the State (Section 62–
302.800, F.A.C.). However, the State
may choose to be the entity that submits
a SSAC request to EPA under the
Federal process described above and set
forth at 40 CFR 131.43(e). There is no
requirement that the State go through its
own State-level Type 1 or Type 2 SSAC
process before submitting a proposed
SSAC to EPA for consideration under
this rule.
Commenters included suggestions for
specific approaches for developing
SSAC as well as an ‘‘expedited’’ process
for determination as a Federal SSAC.
EPA agrees that many of the suggested
approaches have merit for purposes of
developing SSAC, and has adapted
many of the suggestions to provide more
information on approaches that would
meet the general requirements for
protective criteria. Many of the
comments regarding an ‘‘expedited’’
process suggested a process where
SSAC become effective automatically,
without need for EPA review and
approval. With the exception of State
adjustment of lake criteria within a very
specific and limited range accompanied
by a specified data set and calculation
as discussed in Section III.C(2)(e) above,
the Agency does not agree with the view
that criteria established in this rule can
be revised without documentation and
public notice and comment process as
outlined above.168 Another commenter
asked about the potential to develop a
SSAC on a ‘‘watershed-scale.’’ EPA does
not see any barrier to conducting such
an analysis, where it can be
demonstrated that the watershed-scale
SSAC is protective for all waters in a
particular grouping and meets the
requirements of 40 CFR 131.11 and 40
168 EPA’s criteria allow for one-time site-specific
modifications to the promulgated lake criteria,
without requiring those modifications to be
submitted as SSAC. See 40 CFR 131.43(c)(1)(ii) and
Section III.C(2)(e).
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75792
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
CFR 131.10(b). Many commenters
expressed the desire to defer the
applicability of promulgated criteria
prior to developing a SSAC. The Federal
SSAC portion of the rule, § 131.43(e),
goes into effect 60 days after publication
of this rule to allow this important work
to proceed in advance of the effective
date of 15 months after publication for
the remaining provisions of the rule.
The SSAC review process will depend
in substantial part on the nature of the
SSAC proposal itself: Its clarity,
substance, documentation, and
scientific rigor. Some commenters stated
that EPA’s requirement that Federal
SSAC be scientifically defensible and
protective of designated uses is too
vague; however, it is the same
requirement for criteria in the Federal
WQS regulation. (See 40 CFR 131.11).
EPA will consider the need for further
developing supporting technical
guidance in the future if it appears at
that time that such guidance would help
support the process.
D. Compliance Schedules
(1) Final Rule
Florida has adopted a regulation
authorizing compliance schedules. That
regulation, Subsection 62–620.620(6),
F.A.C., is not affected by this final rule.
The complete text of the Florida rules
concerning compliance schedules is
available at https://www.flrules.org/
gateway/RuleNo.asp?ID=62–620.620.
Florida is, therefore, authorized to grant
compliance schedules, as appropriate,
under its rule for WQBELs based on
EPA’s numeric criteria.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
(2) Background and Analysis
A compliance schedule, or schedule
of compliance, refers to ‘‘a schedule of
remedial measures included in a
‘permit,’ including an enforceable
sequence of interim requirements * * *
leading to compliance with the CWA
and regulations.’’ (See 40 CFR 122.2,
CWA section 502(17)). In an NPDES
permit, WQBELs are effluent limits
based on applicable WQS for a given
pollutant in a specific receiving water
(See NPDES Permit Writers Manual,
EPA–833–B–96–003, December, 1996).
EPA regulations provide that schedules
of compliance may only be included in
permits if they are determined to be
‘‘appropriate’’ given the circumstances of
the discharge and are to require
compliance ‘‘as soon as possible’’ (See
40 CFR 122.47).169
169 Hanlon, Jim, USEPA Office of Wastewater
Management. 2007, May 10. Memorandum to
Alexis Stauss, Director of Water Division EPA
Region 9, on ‘‘Compliance Schedules for Water
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
(3) Summary of Major Comments
EPA generally received favorable
comment on its description of
compliance schedules. Some
commenters asked EPA to consider
promulgating its own compliance
schedule provisions as part of the final
rule. Florida’s regulations, however,
already include an authorizing
provision that allows NPDES permit
writers to include compliance schedules
in permits, where appropriate. Florida’s
regulations do not limit the criteria
which may be subject to compliance
schedules. Therefore, Florida may
choose to issue permit compliance
schedules for nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution, as appropriate. As a result,
there is no need for EPA to provide an
additional compliance schedule
authorizing provision in this final rule.
EPA disagrees with commenters who
assert that Florida’s regulation at
Subsection 62–620.620(6), F.A.C.,
authorizing compliance schedules
applies only to industrial and domestic
wastewater facilities. Chapter 62–620,
F.A.C., sets out permit procedures for
wastewater facilities or activities that
discharge wastes into waters of the State
or which will reasonably be expected to
be a source of water pollution. (See
Subsection 62–620.100(1), F.A.C.).
Subsection 62–620.620(6), F.A.C.,
applies, therefore, more broadly than to
just industrial and domestic wastewater
facilities. In addition, Chapter 62–4,
F.A.C., which sets out procedures on
how to obtain a permit from FDEP,
provides that permits may include a
reasonable time for compliance with
new or revised WQS. Subsection 62–
4.160(10), F.A.C., does not limit the type
of permits that may include such
compliance schedules.
E. Proposed Restoration Water Quality
Standard
(1) Final Rule
In EPA’s January 2010 proposal, the
Agency proposed a new WQS regulatory
tool for Florida, referred to as
‘‘restoration WQS’’ for impaired waters.
This provision was intended to allow
Florida to retain full aquatic life
protection (uses and criteria) for its
water bodies while establishing a
transparent phased WQS process that
would result in implementation of
enforceable measures and requirements
to improve water quality over a
specified time period to ultimately meet
the long-term designated aquatic life
use. For reasons discussed below and in
EPA’s response to comment document,
Quality-Based Effluent Limitations on NPDES
Permits.’’
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
EPA has decided not to promulgate a
restoration WQS tool specifically for
Florida, as proposed.
(2) Summary of Major Comments
EPA received a significant number of
comments on its proposal that provided
constructive and useful information for
EPA to consider regarding the proposed
restoration WQS provision. Such
comments ranged from identifying
additional needed requirements to
concerns that the restoration WQS tool
was so burdensome it would not be
helpful. EPA evaluated the current,
existing flexibility available to Florida
to implement this final rule through
variances, compliance schedules, permit
reissuance cycles, permit reopener
provisions, TMDL scheduling, and
workload and administrative
prioritization. These are all
considerations that FDEP presently
brings to the administration of its water
quality program. EPA also considered
the flexibility that this final rule offers
through lake criteria adjustment
provisions, alternative approaches to
deriving downstream lake protection
values and the SSAC process discussed
above. The Agency concluded that the
range of implementation tools available
to the State in combination with a
number of the provisions contained in
this final rule provide adequate
flexibility to implement EPA’s numeric
criteria finalized in this rule. Florida
may use any of these existing tools or
exercise its authority to propose
additional tools in the future that allow
implementation flexibility where
demonstrated to be appropriate and
consistent with the CWA and
implementing regulations. Therefore,
EPA believes that its decision not to
finalize restoration WQS will not
adversely affect Florida’s ability to
implement the Federal numeric criteria.
VI. Economic Analysis
State implementation of this rule may
result in new or revised National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
(NPDES) permit conditions for point
source dischargers, and requirements for
nitrogen/phosphorus pollution
treatment controls on other sources (e.g.,
agriculture, urban runoff, and/or septic
systems) through the development of
additional Total Maximum Daily Loads
(TMDLs) and Basin Management Action
Plans (BMAPs). To provide information
on the potential incremental costs
associated with these related State
actions, EPA conducted an analysis to
estimate both the additional impaired
waters that may be identified as a result
of this final rule and the potential State
of Florida requirements that may be
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
necessary to assure attainment of
applicable State water quality
designated uses. EPA’s analysis is fully
described in the document entitled:
‘‘Economic Analysis of Final Water
Quality Standards for Nutrients for
Lakes and Flowing Waters in Florida,’’
which can be found in the docket and
record for this final rule.
An economic analysis of a regulation
compares a likely scenario absent the
regulation (the baseline) to a likely
scenario with the regulation. The
impacts of the regulation are measured
by the resulting differences between
these two scenarios (incremental
impacts). However, the regulatory effect
of this final rule can be interpreted in
several ways, which can significantly
influence the conditions considered
appropriate for representing the
baseline. On January 14, 2009 EPA
made a determination that numeric
nutrient water quality criteria were
necessary to meet the requirements of
the CWA in the State of Florida. In July
2009 the State of Florida released draft
numeric nutrient criteria for lakes and
streams.170 Therefore, when the Agency
proposed this rule for lakes and flowing
waters in January 2010, EPA evaluated
the incremental impacts of the proposed
rule in comparison with the provisions
of the Florida July 2009 draft criteria.
Although the State subsequently did not
proceed forward with those numeric
criteria provisions, EPA has conducted
the same evaluation as part of the
economic analysis accompanying this
final rule to illustrate the difference
between Florida’s draft approach and
the provisions of this rule. Using this
same baseline approach and the refined
analysis methodology described below,
EPA estimates the potential incremental
costs associated with this rule as
ranging between $16.4 million/year and
$25.3 million/year.
An alternative interpretation of the
impact of this final rule is that EPA is
promulgating numeric criteria to
address deficiencies in the State of
Florida’s current narrative nutrient
criteria (current conditions approach),
and the incremental impacts of this rule
are those associated with the difference
between EPA’s numeric criteria and
Florida’s narrative criteria. Under this
scenario, the baseline incorporates
requirements associated with current
water quality, impaired waters, and
TMDLs that exist at the time of the
analysis. The incremental impacts of
170 Florida Department of Environmental
Protection, 2009, ‘‘Draft Technical Support
Document: Development of Numeric Nutrient
Criteria for Florida Lakes and Streams,’’ available
electronically at: https://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/
wqssp/nutrients/docs/tsd_nutrient_crit.docx.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
this rule are the costs and benefits
associated with additional pollution
controls beyond those currently in place
or required as a result of Florida’s
existing narrative criteria. This analysis
is principally designed to gain an
understanding of the potential costs and
benefits associated with implementation
of EPA’s numeric criteria for lakes and
flowing waters above and beyond the
costs associated with State
implementation of its current narrative
nutrient criteria for those waters. For
waters that the State of Florida has
already identified as impaired, EPA
expects that the effect of this final rule
will be to shorten the time and reduce
the resources necessary for the State of
Florida to implement its existing
regulatory and nonregulatory framework
of tools, limits, measures and BMP
guidance to initiate a broader,
expedited, more comprehensive, and
more effective approach to reducing
nutrient loadings necessary to meet the
numeric criteria that support current
State designated uses. The further effect
of this final rule will likely be the
assessment and identification of
additional waters that are impaired and
not meeting the designated use set forth
at Section I.B, and new or revised water
quality-based effluent limits in NPDES
permits. EPA’s economic analysis
quantifies the costs and cost savings
associated with the identification of
newly impaired waters and new or
revised water quality-based effluent
limits, but does not attempt to measure
the costs and cost savings associated
with addressing waters that are
currently listed as impaired under
Florida’s existing narrative nutrient
criteria (these costs are considered part
of the baseline).
Although using the State of Florida’s
draft numeric criteria as a baseline
provides one possible measure of the
incremental impact associated with this
final rule, the current conditions
approach can provide valuable
information to the State of Florida and
the public about other potential costs
and benefits that may be realized as a
result of this final rule. To provide this
additional information, and in part to
respond to public comments on the
economic analysis at proposal, this
economic analysis also measures the
incremental costs and benefits of this
final rule using current conditions in
the State of Florida as the baseline.
Using this interpretation of the baseline,
EPA estimates the potential incremental
costs associated with this final rule as
ranging between $135.5 million per year
and $206.1 million per year. Although
analyses using both baselines are
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75793
described in EPA’s economic analysis
document entitled: ‘‘Economic Analysis
of Final Water Quality Standards for
Nutrients for Lakes and Flowing Waters
in Florida,’’ the analytical methods and
results described below highlight the
current conditions baseline in detail.
To develop this analysis, EPA first
assessed State control requirements
associated with current water quality,
impaired waters, and total maximum
daily loads (the baseline). EPA then
assessed the costs and benefits
associated with additional pollution
controls beyond those currently in place
or required to meet EPA’s numeric
criteria that support Florida designated
uses. To estimate incremental point
source costs, EPA gathered publicly
available information and data on
control technologies currently in place
at wastewater treatment plants and
other industrial facilities, and used
Florida Department of Environmental
Protection (FDEP) point source
implementation procedures to project
the potential additional treatment that
the State may require as a result of
applying the criteria in this final rule.
EPA assessed potential non-point source
control costs by using publicly available
information and data to determine land
uses near waters that would likely be
identified as impaired under this rule,
and using FDEP and the Florida
Department of Agriculture and
Consumer Services (FDACS) nonpoint
source control procedures, estimated
costs to implement agricultural best
management practices (BMPs) the State
may require in order to attain the new
numeric criteria. EPA also estimated the
potential costs of additional State
control requirements for storm water
runoff, and potential costs associated
with upgrades of homeowner septic
systems. EPA also assessed additional
potential government regulatory costs of
developing additional total maximum
daily loads (TMDLs) for waters
identified as impaired under this rule.
Finally, EPA qualitatively and
quantitatively described and estimated
some of the potential benefits of
complying with the new water quality
standards. Because of the inherent
uncertainties associated with the
benefits analysis, potential benefits are
likely underestimated compared to
costs. Although it is difficult to predict
with certainty how the State of Florida
will implement these new water quality
standards, the results of these analyses
represent EPA’s estimates of costs and
benefits of this final rule.
A. Point Source Costs
Point sources of wastewater must
have a National Pollution Discharge
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75794
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Elimination System (NPDES) permit to
discharge into surface waters. EPA
identified point sources potentially
discharging nitrogen or phosphorus to
lakes and flowing waters by evaluating
EPA’s NPDES Permit Compliance
System (PCS) database. EPA identified
all the industry codes associated with
any permitted discharger with an
existing numeric effluent limit or
monitoring requirement for nitrogen or
phosphorus. This analysis identified
193 point sources as having the
potential to discharge nitrogen and/or
phosphorus. The following table
summarizes the number of point sources
with the potential to discharge nitrogen
and/or phosphorus.
TABLE VI(A)—POINT-SOURCES POTENTIALLY DISCHARGING NITROGEN AND/OR PHOSPHORUS TO FLORIDA LAKES AND
FLOWING WATERS
Major
dischargers a
Discharger category
Minor
dischargers b
Total
Municipal Wastewater ......................................................................................................
Industrial Wastewater ......................................................................................................
43
57
42
51
85
108
Total ..........................................................................................................................
100
93
193
a Facilities
discharging greater than one million gallons per day and likely to discharge toxic pollutants in toxic amounts.
b Facilities discharging less than one million gallons per day and not likely to discharge toxic pollutants in toxic amounts.
1. Municipal Waste Water Treatment
Plant (WWTP) Costs
EPA considered the costs of known
nitrogen and phosphorus treatment
options for municipal WWTPs. Nitrogen
and phosphorus removal technologies
that are available can reliably attain an
annual average total nitrogen (TN)
concentration of approximately 3.0 mg/
L or less and an annual average total
phosphorus (TP) concentration of
approximately 0.1 mg/L or less.171
Wastewater treatment to these
concentrations was considered target
levels for the purpose of this analysis.
The NPDES permitting authority
determines the need for water quality
based effluent limits for point sources
on the basis of analysis of reasonable
potential to exceed water quality
criteria. To estimate the potential
incremental costs for WWTPs, the
likelihood that WWTPs discharging to
Florida lakes and flowing waters have
reasonable potential to exceed the
numeric criteria in this final rule should
be evaluated. However, the site-specific
data and information required to
precisely determine reasonable potential
for each facility was not available. Thus,
on the basis that most WWTPs are likely
to discharge nitrogen and phosphorus at
concentrations above applicable criteria,
EPA made the conservative assumption
that all WWTPs have reasonable
potential to exceed the numeric criteria.
For municipal wastewater, EPA
estimated costs to reduce effluent
concentrations to 3 mg/L or less for TN
and 0.1 mg/L or less for TP using
advanced biological nutrient removal
(BNR). Although reverse osmosis and
other treatment technologies may have
the potential to reduce nitrogen and
phosphorus concentrations even further,
EPA believes that implementation of
reverse osmosis applied on such a large
scale has not been demonstrated as
practical or necessary.172 Such
treatment has not been required for
WWTPs by the State of Florida in the
past, even those WWTPs under TMDLs
with nutrient targets comparable to the
criteria in this final rule. EPA believes
that should state-of-the-art BNR
technology together with other readily
available physical and chemical
treatment demonstrated to be effective
in municipal WWTP operations not
result in compliance with permit limits
associated with meeting the new
numeric nutrient criteria, then it is
reasonable to assume that entities would
first seek out other available means of
attaining water quality standards such
as reuse, nonpoint source reductions,
site-specific alternative criteria,
variances, and designated use
modifications.
To estimate compliance costs for
WWTPs, EPA identified current WWTP
treatment performance using
information obtained from NPDES
permits and/or water quality monitoring
reports. EPA assumed that WWTPs
under existing TMDLs are currently
meeting their wasteload allocation
requirements and would not incur
additional treatment costs. EPA further
assumed that costs to WWTPs
discharging to currently impaired
waters are not attributable to this final
rule because those costs would be
incurred absent the rule (under the
baseline). However, sufficient location
information was not available to insure
that all WWTPs discharging to impaired
waters were identified. Thus, costs may
be overstated to the extent that some
WWTPs discharging to currently
impaired waters are included in EPA’s
estimate. The following table
summarizes EPA’s best estimate of the
number of potentially affected
municipal WWTPs that may require
additional treatment to meet the
numeric criteria supporting State
designated uses.
TABLE VI(A)(1)(a)—POTENTIAL ADDITIONAL NUTRIENT CONTROLS FOR MUNICIPAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS
Number of dischargers
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
Discharge type
Additional
reduction in TN
and TP a
Major ................................................................
Minor ................................................................
171 U.S. EPA, 2008, ‘‘Municipal Nutrient Removal
Technologies Reference Document. Volume 1—
Technical Report,’’ EPA 832–R–08–006.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
Additional
reduction in TN
only b
11
19
Additional
reduction in TP
only c
2
1
172 Treatment using reverse osmosis also requires
substantial amounts of energy and creates disposal
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
No incremental
controls needed d
9
3
21
19
Total
43
42
issues as a result of the large volume of concentrate
that is generated.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75795
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE VI(A)(1)(a)—POTENTIAL ADDITIONAL NUTRIENT CONTROLS FOR MUNICIPAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS—
Continued
Number of dischargers
Discharge type
Additional
reduction in TN
and TP a
Total ..........................................................
Additional
reduction in TN
only b
30
Additional
reduction in TP
only c
3
No incremental
controls needed d
12
Total
40
85
a Includes
dischargers without treatment processes capable of achieving the target levels or existing WLA for TN and TP, or for which the
treatment train description is missing or unclear.
b Includes dischargers with chemical precipitation only and those with a wasteload allocations under a TMDL for TP only.
c Includes dischargers with MLE, four-stage Bardenpho, and BNR specified to achieve less than 3 mg/L and those with WLA under a TMDL for
TN only.
d Includes dischargers with A2 /O, modified Bardenpho, modified UCT, oxidation ditches, or other BNR coupled with chemical precipitation and
those with WLAs under a TMDL for both TN and TP.
An EPA study provides unit cost
estimates for biological nutrient removal
controls for various TN and TP
performance levels.173 To estimate costs
for WWTPs, EPA used the average
capital and average operation and
maintenance (O&M) unit costs for
technologies that achieve an annual
average of 3 mg/L or less for TN and/
or 0.1 mg/L or less for TP. EPA also
estimated a maximum cost for TN and
TP reduction by using the highest cost
TN and TP removal technology
(estimated by finding the maximum of
annualized costs for each technology
option). Using average and maximum
unit costs and multiplying unit costs by
flow reported in EPA’s PCS database,
EPA estimated total capital costs could
be approximately $108 million to $219
million and operation and maintenance
(O&M) costs could be approximately
$12 million per year to $18 million per
year. Total annual costs would be
approximately $22.3 million per year to
$38.1 million per year (capital costs
annualized at 7% over 20 years). The
following table summarizes estimated
costs for municipal WWTPs.
TABLE VI(A)(1)(b)—POTENTIAL INCREMENTAL COSTS FOR MUNICIPAL WASTE WATER TREATMENT PLANTS
Cost component
Capital costs
(millions) a
O&M costs
(millions per
year)
Advanced BNR ................................................................................................................
$108–$219
$12–$18
Annual costs
(millions per
year)
$22.3–$38.1
a Low
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
estimate represents average of unit costs; high estimate represents costs for treatment processes that results in the highest annualized
costs (annualized capital at 7% over 20 years plus O&M).
Using Florida’s 2009 draft criteria as
the baseline, municipal WWTP costs
associated with this final rule are zero
because treatment technologies needed
to achieve Florida’s 2009 draft criteria
are the same as those needed to achieve
the criteria in this final rule, even
though the criteria themselves are
somewhat different.
After EPA published its proposed
criteria for Florida (75 FR 4173), several
organizations in Florida developed
alternative estimates of compliance
costs for WWTPs that were substantially
higher than EPA’s estimated costs. EPA
disagrees with these cost estimates
because they included costs for nutrient
controls that are beyond what would be
required by Florida to meet the new
numeric criteria. For example, the
Florida Water Environment Association
Utility Council (FWEAUC) estimated
annual costs for WWTPs would be
approximately $2.0 billion per year to
$4.4 billion per year.174 However,
FWEAUC included in their analysis
173 U.S.
EPA, 2008.
Water Environment Association Utility
Council, 2009, ‘‘Numeric Nutrient Criteria Cost
174 Florida
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
facilities that discharge to estuaries or
coastal waters, and facilities that utilize
deep well injection or generate reuse
water which are not covered by this
rule. FWEAUC also estimated costs to
upgrade WWTPs regardless of the
treatment that already exists at the
facilities. Finally, FWEAUC assumed
that all WWTPs will require expensive
microfiltration and reverse osmosis
control technology to comply with the
new standard. EPA is not aware of any
WWTPs in Florida that utilize
microfiltration or reverse osmosis, even
those discharging to currently impaired
waters with TMDLs that have nutrient
targets comparable to the criteria in this
final rule. Thus, as noted above, EPA
does not believe that this type of
treatment technology for WWTPs in
Florida has been demonstrated as
practical or necessary. These differences
appear to explain the discrepancy
between FWEAUC and EPA estimates.
2. Industrial Point Source Costs
Implications for Florida POTWs,’’ available
electronically at: https://www.fweauc.org/PDFs/
FWEAUC%20letter%20to%20Crist%
20re%20NNC%20Cost%20Implications%
20for%20Fla%20POTWs%
20with%20attachment.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Incremental costs for industrial
dischargers are likely to be facilityspecific and depend on process
operations, existing treatment trains,
and composition of waste streams. EPA
previously estimated that 108 industrial
dischargers may potentially be affected
by this rule (Table VI(A)). Of those 108
dischargers, EPA identified 38 of them
as under an existing TMDL for nitrogen
and/or phosphorus and 14 of them as
discharging to waters listed as impaired
for nutrients and/or dissolved oxygen.
As with WWTPs, EPA assumed that
industrial dischargers under an existing
TMDL are currently meeting their
wasteload allocation requirements and
would not incur additional treatment
costs, and costs at facilities discharging
to currently impaired waters are not
attributable to this final rule because
those costs would be incurred absent
the rule (under the baseline). To
estimate the potential costs to the
remaining 56 potentially affected
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75796
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
industrial facilities, EPA took a random
sample of those facilities from each
industry. EPA then analyzed their
effluent data obtained from EPA’s PCS
database and other information in
NPDES permits to determine whether or
not they have reasonable potential to
cause or contribute to an exceedance of
the numeric nutrient criteria in this
final rule. For those facilities with
reasonable potential, EPA further
analyzed their effluent data and
estimated potential revised water
quality based effluent limits (WQBEL)
for TN and TP. If the data indicated that
the facility would not be in compliance
with the revised WQBEL, EPA estimated
the additional nutrient controls those
facilities would likely implement to
allow receiving waters to meet State
designated uses and the costs of those
controls. EPA then calculated the
average flow-based cost of compliance
for the sampled facilities in each
industrial category, and used the
average cost to extrapolate to the
potential cost for the total flow
associated with all facilities in each
category (see economic analysis support
document for more information). Using
this method, EPA estimated the
potential costs for industrial dischargers
could be approximately $25.4 million
per year.
TABLE VI(A)(2)—POTENTIAL INCREMENTAL COSTS FOR INDUSTRIAL DISCHARGERS
Total number of
facilities
Number of
facilities sampled
Average sample
cost
($/mgd/yr) a
Chemicals and Allied Products ........................
Electric Services ..............................................
Food .................................................................
Mining ...............................................................
Other ................................................................
Pulp and Paper ................................................
9
9
7
10
17
4
2
2
2
2
3
1
$14,100
0
123,300
160,600
0
117,300
$1,116,800
............................
............................
16,442,300
0
6,466,800
............................
$0
1,390,000
............................
............................
............................
Total ..........................................................
56
12
............................
25,415,900
............................
Industrial category
Total annual
costs b
a Calculated
by dividing total annual sample discharger costs by total sample discharger flow. Note that where flow for a sample discharger is
not available, EPA used the average flow for dischargers in that category and discharger type (major or minor).
b Represents average sample discharger unit cost multiplied by total flow of dischargers affected by the rule in each industrial category.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
Using Florida’s 2009 draft criteria as
the baseline, industrial discharger costs
associated with this final rule is zero
because treatment technologies needed
to achieve the Florida’s 2009 draft
criteria are the same as those needed to
achieve the criteria in this final rule,
even though the criteria themselves are
somewhat different.
Several organizations in Florida
developed alternative estimates of
compliance costs for EPA’s proposed
rule that were substantially higher than
EPA’s estimated costs for industrial
dischargers. EPA disagrees with these
cost estimates because they assumed
that facilities will need to install
treatment technologies that are much
more expensive than those that would
likely be required by Florida to meet the
numeric criteria. For example, FDEP
estimated that the costs for industrial
dischargers would be approximately
$2.1 billion per year.175 However, FDEP
assumed that every industrial facility
would treat their total discharge volume
using reverse osmosis which EPA
believes is impractical and unnecessary.
In addition, FDEP estimated costs for
reverse osmosis on the basis of each
facility’s maximum daily discharge flow
instead of its reported design capacity
(in some cases the maximum daily flow
was more than double the design
capacity). Installing treatment
technology to handle maximum daily
flows would be unnecessary because
equalization basins or storage tanks
(used to temporarily hold effluent
during peak flows) would be a less
expensive compliance strategy. Finally,
EPA found no indication that industrial
facilities in Florida have installed
reverse osmosis for the purpose of
complying with a nutrient-related
TMDL, even those TMDLs with nutrient
targets comparable to the criteria in this
final rule. These differences appear to
explain the discrepancy between FDEP
and EPA estimates.
175 Florida Department of Environmental
Protection, 2010, ‘‘FDEP Review of EPA’s
‘Preliminary Estimate of Potential Compliance Costs
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
B. Incrementally Impaired Waters
To estimate nonpoint source
incremental costs associated with State
control requirements that may be
necessary to assure attainment of
designated uses, EPA first removed from
further consideration any waters the
State of Florida has already determined
to be impaired or has established a
TMDL and/or BMAP because these
waters were considered part of the
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
baseline for this analysis. EPA next
identified Florida waters that may be
identified as incrementally impaired
using the criteria of this final rule, and
then identified the watersheds
surrounding those incrementally
impaired waters. EPA analyzed FDEP’s
database of ambient water quality
monitoring data and compared
monitoring data for each waterbody
with EPA’s new criteria for TN and TP
in lakes and flowing waters, and
nitrate+nitrite concentrations in springs.
To account for streams that may have
downstream protection values (DPVs) as
applicable criteria, streams intersecting
lakes were assigned the applicable lake
criteria. Costs may be overestimated
because the method does not
distinguish between upstream and
downstream intersecting streams. Thus
DPVs and additional controls may have
been attributed to streams downstream
of an impaired lake. EPA compiled the
most recent five years of monitoring
data, calculated the annual geometric
mean for each waterbody identified by
a waterbody identification number
(WBID), and identified waters as
incrementally impaired if they exceeded
the applicable criteria in this final rule.
and Benefits Associated with EPA’s Proposed
Numeric Nutrient Criteria for Florida’,’’ p. 3.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
75797
TABLE VI(B)—SUMMARY OF POTENTIAL INCREMENTALLY IMPAIRED WATERS
Number of water bodies
Category
Total
Stream a
Lake
Total in State ...................................................................................
Not Listed/Covered by TMDL b ........................................................
Water Quality Monitoring Data for Nutrients c .................................
Sufficient Data Available d ................................................................
Potentially Exceeding Criteria (incrementally impaired) e ................
1,310
1,099
878
655
148
Spring
3,901
3,608
1,273
930
153
126
119
72
72
24
5,337
4,826
2,223
1,657
325
a Includes
blackwater.
reported in TMDL documents and FDEP.
c Data within last 5 years meeting data quality requirements.
d Annual geometric means based on at least 4 samples with one sample from May to September and one sample from October to April in a
given year.
e Annual geometric mean exceeding the applicable criteria more than once in a three year period.
b As
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
C. Non-Point Source Costs
To estimate the potential incremental
costs associated with controlling
nitrogen/phosphorus pollution from
non-point sources, EPA identified land
areas near incrementally impaired
waters using GIS analysis. EPA first
identified all the 10-digit hydrologic
units (HUCs) in Florida that contain at
least a de minimus area of an
incrementally impaired WBID (WBIDs
were GIS polygons), and excluding
those HUCs that contain at least a de
minimus area of a currently impaired
WBID. EPA then identified land uses
using GIS analysis of data obtained from
the State of Florida.176
1. Costs for Urban Runoff
EPA’s GIS analysis indicates that
urban land (excluding land for
industrial uses covered under point
sources) accounts for approximately
seven percent of the land near
incrementally impaired waters. EPA’s
analysis also indicates that urban runoff
is already regulated on approximately
one half of this land under EPA’s storm
water program requiring municipal
storm sewer system (MS4) NPDES
permits. Florida has a total of 28 large
(Phase I) permitted MS4s serving greater
than 100,000 people and 131 small
(Phase II) permitted MS4s serving less
than 100,000 people. MS4 permits
generally do not have numeric nutrient
limits, but instead rely on
implementation of BMPs to control
pollutants in storm water to the
maximum extent practicable. Even those
MS4s in Florida discharging to impaired
waters or under a TMDL currently do
not have numeric limits for any
pollutant.
In addition to EPA’s storm water
program, several existing State rules are
intended to reduce pollution from urban
runoff. Florida’s Urban Turf Fertilizer
176 Florida Geological Data Library, 2009, ‘‘GIS
Data: WBIDs,’’ available electronically at: https://
www.fgdl.org/download/.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
rule (administered by FDACS) requires
a reduction in the amount of nitrogen
and phosphorus that can be applied to
lawns and recreational areas. Florida’s
1982 storm water rule (Chapter 403 of
Florida statues) requires storm water
from new development and
redevelopment to be treated prior to
discharge through the implementation
of BMPs. The rule also requires that
older systems be managed as needed to
restore or maintain the beneficial uses of
waters, and that water management
districts establish and implement other
storm water pollutant load reduction
goals. In addition, Chapter 62–40,
F.A.C., ‘‘Water Resource Implementation
Rule,’’ establishes that storm water
design criteria adopted by FDEP and the
water management districts shall
achieve at least 80% reduction of the
average annual load of pollutants that
cause or contribute to violations of WQS
(95% reduction for outstanding natural
resource waters). The rule also states
that the pollutant loading from older
storm water management systems shall
be reduced as necessary to restore or
maintain the designated uses of waters.
Although urban runoff is currently
regulated under the statutes and rules
described above, this final rule may
indirectly result in changes to MS4
NPDES permit requirements for urban
runoff so that Florida waters meet State
designated uses. However, the
combination of additional pollution
controls required will likely depend on
the specific nutrient reduction targets,
the controls already in place, and the
relative amounts of nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution contained in
urban runoff at each particular location.
Because storm water programs are
usually implemented using an iterative
approach, with the installation of
controls followed by monitoring and reevaluation to determine the need for
additional controls, estimating the
complete set of pollution controls
required to meet a particular water
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
quality target would require site-specific
analysis.
Although it is difficult to predict the
complete set of potential additional
storm water controls that may be
required to meet the numeric criteria
that supports State designated uses in
incrementally impaired waters, EPA
estimated potential costs for additional
treatment by assessing the amount of
urban land that may require additional
pollution controls for storm water. FDEP
has previously assumed that all urban
land developed after adoption of
Florida’s 1982 storm water rule would
be in compliance with this final rule.177
Using this same assumption, EPA used
GIS analysis of land use data obtained
from the State of Florida 178 to identify
the amount of remaining urban land
located near incrementally impaired
waters. Using this procedure, EPA
estimated that up to 48,100 acres of
Phase I MS4 urban land, 30,700 acres of
Phase II MS4 urban land, and 30,600
acres of non-MS4 urban land may
require additional storm water controls.
EPA estimated costs of implementing
controls for Phase I MS4 urban land
based on a range of acres with 48,100
acres as the upper bound and zero acres
as the lower bound because Phase I MS4
urban land already must implement
controls to the ‘‘maximum extent
practicable’’ and may not require
additional controls if existing
requirements are already fully
implemented.
The cost of storm water pollution
controls can vary widely. FDEP has
assessed the cost of completed storm
water projects throughout the State in
dollars per acre treated.179 Capital costs
177 Florida Department of Environmental
Protection, 2010, ‘‘FDEP Review of EPA’s
‘Preliminary Estimate of Potential Compliance Costs
and Benefits Associated with EPA’s Proposed
Numeric Nutrient Criteria for Florida’,’’ p. 9.
178 Florida Geological Data Library, 2009.
179 Florida Department of Environmental
Protection, 2010, appendix 3.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75798
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
range from $62 to $60,300 per acre
treated, with a median cost of $6,800
per acre. EPA multiplied FDEP’s median
capital cost per acre by the number of
acres identified as requiring controls to
estimate the potential additional storm
water control costs that may be needed
to meet the numeric criteria in this rule.
EPA also used FDEP’s estimate of
operating and maintenance (O&M) costs
as 5% of capital costs, and annualized
capital costs using FDEP’s discount rate
of 7% over 20 years. EPA estimates the
total annual cost for additional storm
water controls could range between
approximately $60.5 and $108.0 million
per year. The following table
summarizes these estimates.
TABLE VI(C)(1)—POTENTIAL INCREMENTAL URBAN STORM WATER COST SCENARIOS
Land type
Acres needing
controls a
Capital cost
(millions $) b
O&M cost
(millions $) c
Annual cost
(millions $) d
MS4 Phase I Urban .............................................................................
MS4 Phase II Urban ............................................................................
Non-MS4 Urban ...................................................................................
0–48,100 ..........
30,700 ..............
30,600 ..............
$0–$329.1 ........
$210.0 ..............
$208.8 ..............
$0–$16.4 ..........
$10.5 ................
$10.4 ................
$0–$47.5
$30.3
$30.2
Total ..............................................................................................
61,300–109,400
$418.8–$747.0
$20.9–$37.4 .....
$60.5–$108.0
a Phase
I MS4s range represents implementation of BMPs to the MEP resulting in compliance with EPA’s rule or controls needed on all pre1982 developed land; Phase II MS4s and urban land outside of MS4s represent controls needed on all pre-1982 developed land that is not low
density residential.
b Represents acres needing controls multiplied by median unit costs of storm water retrofit costs obtained from FDEP.
c Represents 5% of capital costs.
d Capital costs annualized at 7% over 20 years plus annual O&M costs.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
2. Agricultural Costs
EPA’s GIS analysis of land use
indicates that agriculture accounts for
about 19 percent of the land near
incrementally impaired waters.
Agricultural runoff can be a source of
180 Florida Department of Environmental
Protection, 2010, p. 3.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
phosphorus and nitrogen to lakes and
streams through the application of
fertilizer to crops and pastures and from
animal wastes. Some agricultural
practices may also contribute nitrogen
and phosphorus to groundwater aquifers
that supply springs. For waters impaired
by nitrogen/phosphorus pollution, the
1999 Florida Watershed Restoration Act
established that agricultural BMPs
should be the primary instrument to
implement TMDLs. Thus, additional
waters identified by the State as
impaired under this rule may result in
State requirements or provisions to
reduce the discharge of nitrogen and/or
phosphorus to incrementally impaired
waters through the implementation of
BMPs.
EPA estimated the potential costs of
additional agricultural BMPs by
evaluating land use data obtained from
Florida’s five water management
districts. BMP programs designed for
each type of agricultural operation and
their costs were taken from a study of
agricultural BMPs to help meet TMDL
targets in the Caloosahatchee River, St.
Lucie River, and Lake Okeechobee
watersheds.181 Three types of BMP
programs were identified in this study.
The first program, called the ‘‘Owner
Implemented BMP Program,’’ consists of
a set of BMPs that land owners might
implement without additional
incentives. The second program, called
the ‘‘Typical BMP Program,’’ is the set of
BMPs that land owners might
implement under a reasonably funded
cost share program or a modest BMP
strategy approach. The third program,
called the ‘‘Alternative Program,’’ is a
more expensive program designed to
supplement the ‘‘Owner Implemented
Program’’ and ‘‘Typical Program’’ if
additional reductions are necessary.
The BMPs in the ‘‘Owner
Implemented Program’’ and ‘‘Typical
Program’’ are similar to the BMPs
adopted by FDACS. EPA has found no
indication that the ‘‘Alternative BMP
Program,’’ which includes storm water
chemical treatment, has been required
in historically nutrient impaired
watersheds with significant
contributions from agriculture for which
TMDLs have been developed (e.g. Lake
Okeechobee). Therefore, for purposes of
this analysis, EPA believes it is
reasonable to assume that nutrient
controls for agricultural sources are best
represented by the ‘‘Owner Implemented
Program’’ and ’’Typical Program’’
described in the study used here.182
EPA estimated potential incremental
costs of BMPs by multiplying the
number of acres in each agricultural
category by the sum of unit costs for the
‘‘Owner Implemented Program’’ and
‘‘Typical Program.’’ The following table
summarizes the potential incremental
costs of BMPs on agricultural lands near
incrementally impaired lakes and
streams for each agricultural category.
181 Soil and Water Engineering Technology, 2008,
‘‘Nutrient Loading Rates, Reduction Factors and
Implementation Costs Associated with BMPs and
Using Florida’s 2009 draft criteria as
the baseline, potential incremental costs
for urban storm water are estimated to
range from $13.7 million per year to
$27.2 million per year.
Several organizations in Florida
developed alternative estimates of
compliance costs for EPA’s proposed
rule that were substantially higher than
EPA’s estimated costs for urban storm
water. EPA disagrees with these cost
estimates because they utilized incorrect
assumptions about the areas that would
have to implement controls. For
example, FDEP estimated costs for
urban storm water controls at $1.97
billion per year.180 However, FDEP
estimated costs for pollution controls on
urban land in watersheds that may not
be listed as impaired, have already been
listed as impaired, or will require
controls under existing rules (e.g. land
currently permitted under EPA’s MS4
storm water program). In contrast, EPA
estimated costs for urban storm water
controls only for urban land with storm
water flows to waters that may be listed
as impaired as a result of this rule. This
difference appears to explain the
discrepancy between FDEP and EPA
estimates.
Technologies,’’ (report prepared for South Florida
Water Management District).
182 Soil and Water Engineering Technology, 2008.
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
75799
TABLE VI(C)(2)(a)—POTENTIAL INCREMENTAL BMP COSTS FOR LAKES AND STREAMS
‘‘Owner implemented program’’ plus ’’typical program’’ unit costs
($/ac/yr)e
Area
(acres)a
Agricultural category
Animal Feeding .............................................................................
Citrus .............................................................................................
Cow Calf Production (Improved Pastures) ...................................
Cow Calf Production (Unimproved Pastures) ...............................
Cow Calf Production (Rangeland and Wooded) ...........................
Row Crop ......................................................................................
Cropland and Pastureland (general). b ..........................................
Sod/Turf Grass ..............................................................................
Ornamental Nursery ......................................................................
Dairies ...........................................................................................
Horse Farms ..................................................................................
Field Crop (Hayland) Production ...................................................
Other Areas c .................................................................................
1,814–1,846
15,482–27,343
153,978–168,665
49,054–51,057
74,449–75,790
7,846–9,808
152,976–160,814
2,007
840
583–621
1,632
194,181–215,168
54,499–67,364
Total d .....................................................................................
18.56
156.80
15.84
4.22
4.22
70.40
27.26
35.20
70.00
334.40
15.84
18.56
18.56
709,340–782,954
Total ‘‘owner implemented program’’ and
’’typical program’’ costs
($/yr)
33,671–34,260
2,427,652–4,287,343
2,439,007–2,671,656
207,203–215,663
314,474–320,136
552,352–690,453
4,169,512–4,383,135
70,631
58,783
194,803–207,777
25,857
3,603,996–3,993,521
1,011,500–1,250,281
15,109,436–18,209,496
a Based
on GIS analysis of land use data from five water management districts (for entire State) and FDACS BMP program NOI GIS data
layer. Low end reflects acres in incrementally impaired HUCs (that are not included in HUCs for baseline impairment) that are not enrolled in
BMPs under FDACS; high end reflects all acres in incrementally impaired HUCs, regardless of FDACS BMP enrollment.
b ‘‘Owner program’’ and ‘‘Typical Program’’ BMP unit costs based on average costs for improved pastures, unimproved/wooded pasture, row
crops, and field crops.
c Includes FLUCCS Level 3 codes 2160, 2200, 2230, 2400, 2410, 2500, 2540, and 2550.
d Excludes land not in production.
e Soil and Water Engineering Technology, 2008, Nutrient Loading Rates, Reduction Factors and Implementation Costs Associated with BMPs
and Technologies, Report prepared for South Florida Water Management District.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
In addition to estimating potential
costs associated with agricultural BMPs
to reduce nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution to lakes and streams as
described above, EPA estimated
potential costs associated with BMPs to
protect groundwater aquifers that
supply water to springs. Fertilizer
application and other agricultural
practices can significantly increase
nutrient loadings to springs, especially
those springs supplied by relatively
large groundwater aquifers. EPA
evaluated the potential incremental
costs to meet the numeric criteria in this
final rule for springs by assuming that
all applicable agricultural operations
may be identified for implementation of
nutrient management. Nutrient
management reduces over application of
fertilizers by determining realistic yield
expectations, the nitrogen requirements
necessary to obtain those yields, and
adjusting application methods and
timing to minimize nitrogen pollution.
Nutrient management is a costeffective way to reduce groundwater
nitrogen, and may even result in cost
savings to some farmers by reducing
unnecessary fertilizer application.
Therefore, for the purpose of this
analysis, EPA assumed that all
agricultural operations applying
fertilizer to land would implement a
nutrient management program, even
those operations that are not associated
with incrementally impaired waters. To
estimate the potential costs of nutrient
management, EPA estimated the amount
of agricultural land where nutrient
management could be applicable. EPA
identified general agriculture 183 and
specialty crops 184 as agricultural
categories appropriate for nutrient
management. EPA then used GIS
analysis of land use data obtained from
the State of Florida 185 to identify the
land areas categorized as general
agriculture or specialty crops.
Approximately 4.9 million acres of
agricultural land was identified as
general agriculture and 1 million acres
was identified as specialty crops. EPA
further analyzed this agricultural land to
identify the land near waters already
listed as impaired for nutrients or under
a TMDL. Similar to point sources, EPA
assumed that nonpoint sources under an
existing TMDL are currently meeting
their load allocation requirements and
would not incur additional costs, and
costs to nonpoint sources associated
with waters that are currently listed as
impaired for nutrients are not
attributable to this final rule because
those costs would be incurred absent
the rule (under the baseline). EPA also
removed from this analysis land
associated with incrementally impaired
waters to avoid double counting the
costs of BMPs that were already
estimated to protect lakes and streams
as described above. As a result of this
analysis, approximately 1 million acres
of general agriculture and 0.12 million
acres of specialty crops was identified
as land that may need to implement a
nutrient management program to meet
the numeric criteria for Florida springs
in this final rule. Using unit costs of $10
per acre for general agriculture and $20
per acre for specialty crops obtained
from Florida’s Environmental Quality
Incentive Program,186 EPA estimated the
annual cost of nutrient management
could be approximately $4.7 million per
year. The following table summarizes
the estimated potential incremental
costs of BMPs on agricultural lands to
protect State designated uses of springs
on the basis of the criteria in this final
rule.
183 Cropland and pastureland, cow calf
production (improved pastures), cropland and
pastureland (general), dairies, horse farms, and field
crop (hayland) production.
184 Citrus, row crops, sod/turf grass, and
ornamental nursery.
185 Florida Geological Data Library, 2009.
186 Florida Environmental Quality Incentive
Program, 2009, ‘‘FY 2009 Statewide Payment
Schedules,’’ available electronically at: ftp://ftpfc.sc.egov.usda.gov/FL/eqip/
EQIP_FY2009PaySched_STATEWIDE_FINAL.pdf.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75800
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE VI(C)(2)(b)—POTENTIAL INCREMENTAL BMP COSTS FOR SPRINGS
Acres identified
for nutrient management b
Total acres in
Florida a
Nutrient management program type
Unit cost
($/acre)
Annual cost
($/year) c
Total cost
General Agriculture ..........................................
Specialty Crop ..................................................
4,885,643
1,057,107
1,003,973
120,558
$10
20
$10,039,729
2,411,163
$3,825,656
918,778
Total ..........................................................
5,942,750
1,124,531
............................
12,450,892
4,744,433
a Excludes
unimproved and woodland pastures, abandoned groves, aquaculture, tropical fish farms, open rural lands, and fallow cropland.
by subtracting agricultural land near incrementally impaired waters needing controls and agricultural land types participating in
FDACS BMP program (assuming all Tri-county agricultural area land is regular nutrient management land) from total land use area in Florida.
c Costs annualized at 7% over 3 years on basis of 3 year useful life.
b Calculated
The following table summarizes the
total estimated potential incremental
costs of BMPs on agricultural lands to
meet the numeric criteria.
TABLE VI(C)(2)(C)—POTENTIAL ANNUAL INCREMENTAL COMPLIANCE COSTS FOR AGRICULTURE
Waterbody type
Applicable acres
Annual costs
Lakes and Streams ..............................................................................................
Springs .................................................................................................................
709,340–782,954
1,124,531
$15,109,400–$18,209,500
$4,744,400
Total ..............................................................................................................
1,833,871–1,907,485
$19,853,900–$22,953,900
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
Using Florida’s 2009 draft criteria as
the baseline, potential incremental costs
to agriculture are estimated to range
from ¥ $2.4 million per year (a negative
cost represents a cost savings) to $2.1
million per year.
Several organizations in Florida
developed alternative estimates of
compliance costs for EPA’s proposed
rule that were substantially higher than
EPA’s estimated costs for agriculture.
EPA disagrees with these cost estimates
because they use incorrect assumptions
that overestimate costs. For example,
the FDACS estimated that costs for
agriculture would be approximately
$0.9 billion to $1.6 billion per year.187
However, FDACS estimated BMP costs
for all 13.6 million acres of agricultural
land in the State of Florida. This land
includes watersheds where waters are
not expected to become listed as
impaired due to this final rule
(including coastal and estuarine
watersheds), have already been listed as
impaired, or will require controls under
existing rules (e.g. animal feeding
operations) and thus are not potentially
affected by the rule. A portion of the
agricultural land used by FDACS to
estimate costs includes 4.8 million acres
of forest, 98.1% of which the State of
Florida has claimed current BMPs
187 Florida Department of Agriculture and
Consumer Services, 2010, ‘‘Consolidated Comments
on Proposed EPA Numeric Nutrient Criteria for
Florida’s Lakes and Flowing Waters,’’ p. 1, available
electronically at: https://www.florida
agwaterpolicy.com/PDF/FINAL_
FDACS_Consolidated_Comments_on_Docket_
ID_No_EPA_HQ_OW_2009_0596.pdf.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
effectively protect surface waters 188 and
thus EPA assumes will not require
further controls. FDACS also estimated
costs using the highest cost Alternative
BMP program. The Alternative BMP
Program, which includes storm water
chemical treatment, is not yet required
in historically nutrient-impaired
watersheds with significant
contributions from agriculture. Thus, it
is uncertain whether such controls
would be necessary or required to meet
the new numeric criteria which are
intended to implement Florida’s
existing narrative criteria. In contrast,
EPA estimated costs for BMPs that are
likely to be necessary, and only on the
agricultural land identified as
incrementally impaired under this final
rule (although costs could be higher in
some cases if further reductions are
found to be necessary). These
differences appear to explain the
discrepancy between FDACS and EPA
estimates.
The alternative BMP program, which
includes storm water chemical
treatment, is not yet required in the
study basins which have significant
contributions from agriculture. Thus, for
this analysis, EPA assumed that nutrient
controls for agricultural sources are best
represented by the owner/typical
programs.
188 Florida Division of Forestry, Department of
Agriculture and Consumer Services, 2010,
‘‘Silviculture Best Management Practices: 2009
Implementation Survey Report,’’ available
electronically at: https://www.fl-dof.com/
publications/2009_BMP_survey_report.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
3. Septic System Costs
Some nutrient reductions from septic
systems may be necessary for
incrementally impaired waters to meet
the numeric nutrient criteria in this
final rule. Several nutrient-related
TMDLs in Florida identify septic
systems as a significant source of
nitrogen/phosphorus pollution.
Although properly operated and
maintained systems can provide
treatment equivalent to secondary
wastewater treatment,189 even properly
functioning septic systems can be
expected to contribute to nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution at some
locations.190 Some of the ways to
address pollution from septic systems
may include greater use of inspection
programs and repair of failing systems,
upgrading existing systems to advanced
nutrient removal, installation of
decentralized cluster systems where
responsible management entities would
ensure reliable operation and
maintenance, and connecting
households and businesses to
wastewater treatment plants. On the
basis of current practice in the State of
189 Petrus, K., 2003, ‘‘Total Maximum Daily Load
for the Palatlakaha River to Address Dissolved
Oxygen Impairment, Lake County, Florida,’’ (Florida
Department of Environmental Protection), available
electronically at: https://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/
tmdl/docs/tmdls/final/gp1/palatlakaha_
river_do_tmdl.pdf.
190 Florida Department of Environmental
Protection, 2006, ‘‘TMDL Report. Nutrient and
Unionized Ammonia TMDLs for Lake Jesup, WBIDs
2981 and 2981A,’’ available electronically at: https://
www.dep.state.fl.us/water/tmdl/docs/tmdls/final/
gp2/lake-jessup-nutr_ammonia-tmdl.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
Florida, EPA assumed that the most
likely strategy to reduce nutrients loads
from septic systems would be to
upgrade existing conventional septic
systems to advanced nutrient removal
systems.
Septic systems in close proximity to
surface waters are more likely to
contribute nutrient loads to waters than
distant septic systems. Florida
Administrative Code provides that in
most cases septic systems should be
located at least 75 feet from surface
waters (F.A.C. 64E–6.005(3)). In
addition, many of Florida’s existing
nutrient-related TMDLs identify nearby
failing septic systems as contributing to
nutrient impairments in surface waters.
For this economic analysis, EPA
assumed that some septic systems
located near incrementally impaired
lakes and streams may be required to
upgrade to advance nutrient removal
systems. However, the distance that
septic systems can be safely located
relative to these surface waters depends
on a variety of site-specific factors.
Because of this uncertainty, EPA
conservatively assumed that septic
systems located within 500 feet of any
lake or stream in watersheds associated
with incrementally impaired lakes or
streams 191 may be identified for
upgrade from conventional to advanced
nutrient removal systems.
EPA identified the number of septic
systems within 500 feet of any lake or
stream in watersheds associated with
incrementally impaired lakes and
streams using GIS analysis on data
obtained from the Florida Department of
Health 192 that provides the location of
active septic systems in the State. This
analysis yielded 8,224 active septic
systems that may potentially need to be
upgraded from conventional to
advanced nutrient removal systems to
meet the numeric nutrient criteria in
this final rule.
EPA evaluated the cost of upgrading
existing septic systems to advanced
nutrient removal systems. Upgrade costs
range from $2,000 to $6,500 per system.
For O&M costs, EPA relied on a study
that compared the annual costs
associated with various septic system
treatment technologies including
conventional onsite sewage treatment
191 In this analysis EPA considered septic systems
within 500 feet of any lake or stream in an
incrementally impaired watershed rather than only
within 500 feet of an incrementally impaired lake
or stream to account for the possibility of some
downstream transport of nutrients from nearby
streams that may not themselves be classified as
incrementally impaired.
192 Florida Department of Health, 2010, ‘‘Bureau
of Onsite Sewage GIS Data Files,’’ available
electronically at: https://www.doh.state.fl.us/
Environment/programs/EhGis/EhGisDownload.htm.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
and disposal system and fixed film
activated sludge systems.193 This study
estimated the incremental O&M costs
for an advanced system to be $650 per
year. Thus, based on annual O&M costs
of $650 and annualizing capital costs at
7% over 20 years, annual costs could
range from approximately $800 to
$1,300 for each upgrade. EPA estimated
the total annual costs of upgrading
septic systems by multiplying this range
of unit costs with the number of systems
identified for upgrade. Using this
method, total annual costs for upgrading
septic systems to meet State designated
uses could range from $6.6 million per
year to $10.7 million per year.
Using Florida’s 2009 draft criteria as
the baseline, potential incremental costs
to upgrade septic systems are estimated
to range from $1.3 million per year to
2.2 million per year.
Several organizations in Florida
developed alternative estimates of
compliance costs for septic systems in
EPA’s proposed rule that were
substantially higher than EPA’s
estimated costs. EPA disagrees with
these cost estimates because they used
incorrect assumptions that overestimate
costs. For example, FDEP estimated that
the costs related to septic systems
would be approximately $0.9 billion per
year to 2.9 billion per year.194 However,
FDEP assumed that 1,687,500 septic
systems would require complete
replacement (calculated as the
proportion of all septic systems in the
State of Florida on lots less than 3 acres
assumed to discharge to fresh waters
because all urban storm water
discharges to freshwaters in that
proportion). In contrast, EPA estimated
costs to upgrade 8,224 septic systems to
advanced nutrient removal systems that
GIS analysis identified as located within
500 feet of any water within an
incrementally impaired watershed.
D. Governmental Costs
This final rule may result in the
identification of additional impaired
waters that would require the
development of additional TMDLs. As
the principal State regulatory agency
implementing water quality standard,
the State of Florida may incur costs
related to developing additional TMDLs.
EPA’s analysis identified 325
incrementally impaired waters
potentially associated with this final
193 Chang, N., M. Wanielista, A. Daranpob, F.
Hossain, Z. Xuan, J. Miao, S. Liu, Z. Marimon, and
S. Debusk, 2010, ‘‘Onsite Sewage Treatment and
Disposal Systems Evaluation for Nutrient Removal,’’
(Stormwater Management Academy, University of
Central Florida).
194 Florida Department of Environmental
Protection, 2010, p. 3.
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75801
rule. Because current TMDLs in Florida
include an average of approximately
two water bodies each, EPA estimates
that the State of Florida may need to
develop and adopt approximately 163
additional TMDLs. A 2001 EPA study
found that the cost of developing a
TMDL could range between $6,000 and
$154,000, with an average cost of
approximately $28,000.195 196 The low
end of the range reflects the typical cost
associated with TMDLs that are the
easiest to develop and/or have the
benefit of previous TMDL development
for other pollutants. Because most of the
incrementally impaired waters in EPA’s
analysis exceeded the criteria for both
nitrogen and phosphorus, EPA assumed
that TMDLs would need to be
developed for both nitrogen and
phosphorus. Under this assumption,
EPA estimated the average TMDL cost to
be approximately $47,000 ($28,000 on
average for one pollutant, plus $6,000
on average for the other pollutant, and
adjusting for inflation). For 163 TMDLs,
total costs could be approximately $7.7
million. FDEP currently operates its
TMDL schedule on a five-phase cycle
that rotates through the five basins over
five years. Under this schedule,
completion of TMDLs for high priority
waters will take 9 years; it will take an
additional 5 years to complete the
process for medium priority waters.
Thus, assuming all the incremental
impairments are high priority and FDEP
develops the new TMDLs over a 9-year
period, annual costs could be
approximately $851,000 per year. Using
Florida’s 2009 draft criteria as the
baseline, potential incremental costs to
develop additional TMDLs could be
approximately $261,000 per year.
Should the State of Florida submit
current TMDL targets as Federal site
specific alternative criteria (SSAC) for
EPA review and approval, EPA believes
it is reasonable to assume that
information used in the development of
the TMDLs will substantially reduce the
time and effort needed to provide a
scientifically defensible justification for
such applications. Thus, EPA assumed
that incremental costs associated with
SSAC, if any, would be minimal.
Similarly, State and local agencies
regularly monitor TN and TP in ambient
waters. These data are the basis for the
extensive IWR database the State of
Florida maintains and which provided
baseline water quality data for EPA’s
analyses. Because Florida is currently
195 U.S. EPA, 2001, ‘‘The National Costs of the
Total Maximum Daily Load Program (Draft Report),’’
(EPA–841–D–01–003).
196 EPA did not adjust these estimates to account
for potential reductions in resources required to
develop TMDLs as a result of this final rule.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75802
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
monitoring TN, TP, and chlorophyll a
concentrations in many waters, EPA
assumed that this final rule is unlikely
to have a significant impact on costs
related to water quality monitoring
activities.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
E. Benefits
Elevated concentrations of nutrients
in surface waters can result in adverse
ecological effects and negative economic
impacts. Excess nutrients in water can
cause eutrophication, which can lead to
harmful (sometimes toxic) algal blooms,
loss of rooted plants, and decreased
dissolved oxygen, which can lead to
adverse impacts on aquatic life, fishing,
swimming, wildlife watching, camping,
and drinking water. Excess nutrients
can also cause nuisance surface scum,
reduced food for herbivorous wildlife,
fish kills, alterations in fish
communities, and unsightly shorelines
that can decrease property values. This
final rule will help reduce nitrogen and
phosphorus concentrations in lakes and
flowing waters in Florida, and help
improve ecological function and prevent
further degradation that can result in
substantial economic benefits to Florida
citizens. EPA’s economic analysis
document entitled: Economic Analysis
of Final Water Quality Standards for
Nutrients for Lakes and Flowing Waters
in Florida describes many of the
potential benefits associated with
meeting the water quality standards for
nitrogen/phosphorus pollution in this
rule.
Florida waters have historically
provided an abundance of recreational
opportunities that are a vital part of the
State’s economy. In 2007, over 4.3
million residents and over 5.8 million
visitors participated in recreational
activities related to freshwater beaches
in Florida.197 Of these residents and
visitors, over 2.7 million residents and
approximately 1 million visitors used
freshwater boat ramps, over 3 million
residents and over 900,000 visitors
participated in freshwater non-boat
fishing, and over 2.6 million residents
and almost 1 million visitors
participated in canoeing and kayaking.
Florida also ranks first in the nation in
boat registrations with 973,859
recreational boats registered across the
State.
Tourism comprises one of the largest
sectors of the Florida economy. In 2000,
there were over 80.9 million visitors to
the State of Florida, accounting for an
estimated $65 billion in tourism
197 Florida Department of Environment, 2008,
‘‘State Comprehensive Outdoor Recreation Plan
(SCORP),’’ available electronically at: https://
www.dep.state.fl.us/parks/planning/default.htm.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
spending.198 In 2008, tourism spending
resulted in approximately $3.9 billion in
State sales tax revenues and contributed
to the direct employment of more than
1 million Florida residents.199 Florida
has ranked first in the nation for the
number of in-State anglers, angler
expenditures, angler-supported jobs,
and State and local tax revenues derived
from freshwater fishing.200 In 2006, total
fishing-related expenditures by
residents and nonresidents were more
than $4.3 billion.201 In addition,
Florida’s freshwater springs are an
important inter- and intra-State tourist
attraction.202 In 2002, Blue Springs State
Park estimated over 300,000 visitors per
year.
Nitrogen/phosphorus pollution has
contributed to severe water quality
degradation of Florida waters. In 2010,
the State of Florida reported
approximately 1,918 miles of rivers and
streams, and 378,435 acres of lakes that
were known to be impaired by nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution (the actual
number of waters impaired for nutrients
may be higher because many waters
were not assessed).203 As water quality
declines, water resources have less
recreational value. Waters impaired by
nitrogen/phosphorus pollution may
become unsuitable for swimming and
fishing, and in some cases even
unsuitable for boating. Nutrientimpaired waters also are less likely to
support native plant and animal species,
further lowering their value as tourist
destinations.204 Drinking water supplies
may also be more expensive to treat as
a result of nutrient impairments. Also,
Florida citizens that depend on
individual wells for their drinking water
may need to consider whether on-site
198 VISIT Florida, 2010, available electronically
at: https://media.visitflorida.org/research.php.
199 VISIT Florida, 2010.
200 Bonn, Mark A. and Frederick W. Bell., 2003,
Economic Impact of Selected Florida Springs on
Surrounding Local Areas. For Florida Department
of Environmental Protection. Available
electronically at: https://www.dep.state.fl.us/springs/
reports/files/EconomicImpactStudy.doc.
201 2006 National Survey of Fishing, Hunting, and
Wildlife-Associated Recreation. Florida. U.S.
Department of the Interior, Fish and Wildlife
Service, and U.S. Department of Commerce, U.S.
Census Bureau. Available electronically at:
https://myfwc.com/docs/Freshwater/
2006_Florida_NationalSurvey.pdf.
202 Florida Department of Environmental
Protection, 2008.
203 Florida Department of Environmental
Protection, 2010, ‘‘Integrated Water Quality
Assessment for Florida: 2010 305(b) and 303(d) List
Update,’’ available electronically at: https://
www.dep.state.fl.us/water/docs/
2010_Integrated_Report.pdf.
204 Zheng, Lei and Michael J. Paul., 2006, Effects
of Eutrophication on Stream Ecosystems. Available
electronically at: https://n-steps.tetratech-ffx.com/
PDF&otherFiles/literature_review/
Eutrophication%20effects%20on%20streams.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
treatment is necessary to reduce
elevated nitrate+nitrite levels.
Freshwater springs are particularly at
risk due to nitrate+nitrite.205 206 Silver
Springs, the largest of Florida’s springs,
has experienced reduced ecosystem
health and productivity over the past
half century, due largely to
nitrate+nitrite.207 Nutrient impairment,
characterized by algal blooms, reduced
numbers of native species, and lower
water quality, in turn leads to reduced
demand and lower values for these
resources.
Some of the benefits of reducing
nitrogen and phosphorus concentrations
can be monetized, at least in part, by
translating these changes into an
indicator of overall water quality (water
quality index) and valuing these
improvements in terms of willingness to
pay (WTP) for the types of uses that are
supported by different water quality
levels. For this analysis, EPA used a
Water Quality Index (WQI) approach to
link specific pollutant levels with
suitability for particular recreational
uses. Using Florida water quality data,
available information on WTP, and an
analytical approach described in EPA’s
accompanying economic assessment
report and supporting references, EPA
estimated potential changes that would
result from implementation of this final
rule and their value to a distribution of
full-time and part-time Florida
residents. This approach recognizes that
there are differences in WTP among a
population and values for households.
Using the mid-point WTP and current
conditions as the baseline, total
monetized benefits are estimated to be
approximately $21.7 million per year for
improvements to flowing waters and
$6.6 million per year for improvements
to lakes for a total of $28.2 million per
year. Although these monetized benefits
estimates do not account for all
potential economic benefits, they help
to partially demonstrate the economic
importance of restoring and protecting
Florida waters from the impacts of
nitrogen/phosphorus pollution.
205 Florida Department of Environment, ‘‘Deep
Trouble: Getting to the Source of Threats to
Springs,’’ accessed on October 1, 2010 at: https://
www.floridasprings.org/protection/threats/.
206 Munch, D.A., D.J. Toth, C. Huang, J.B. Davis,
C.M. Fortich, W.L. Osburn, E.J. Phlips, E.L.
Quinlan, M.S. Allen, M.J. Woods, P. Cooney, R.L.
Knight, R.A. Clarke and S.L. Knight., 2006, ‘‘Fiftyyear retrospective study of the ecology of Silver
Springs, Florida,’’ (SJ2007–SP4).
207 Florida Department of Environment, 2008,
Summary and Synthesis of the Available Literature
on the Effects of Nutrients on Spring Organisms and
Systems,’’ available at: https://www.dep.state.fl.us/
springs/reports/files/
UF_SpringsNutrients_Report.pdf.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
F. Summary
The following table summarizes
EPA’s estimates of potential incremental
costs and benefits associated with
additional State requirements to meet
the numeric criteria that supports State
designated uses. Because of
uncertainties in the pollution controls
ultimately implemented by the State of
Florida, actual costs may vary
depending on the procedures for
assessing waters for compliance and the
site-specific source reductions needed
to meet the new numeric criteria.
TABLE VI(F)(a)—SUMMARY OF
POTENTIAL ANNUAL COSTS
[millions of 2010 dollars per year]
Source sector
Municipal Waste Water
Treatment Plants.
Industrial Dischargers ..........
Urban Storm Water .............
Agriculture ...........................
Septic Systems ....................
Government/Program Implementation.
Total .............................
Annual costs
$22.3–$38.1
$25.4
$60.5–$108.0
$19.9–$23.0
$6.6–$10.7
$0.9
$135.5–$206.1
VII. Statutory and Executive Order
Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory
Planning and Review
Under Executive Order (EO) 12866
(58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993), this
action is a ‘‘significant regulatory
action.’’ Accordingly, EPA submitted
this action to the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) for review under EO
12866 and any changes made in
response to OMB recommendations
have been documented in the docket for
this action. This final rule does not
establish any requirements directly
applicable to regulated entities or other
sources of nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution. Moreover, existing narrative
water quality criteria in State law
already require that nutrients not be
present in waters in concentrations that
cause an imbalance in natural
populations of flora and fauna in lakes
and flowing waters in Florida.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
This action does not impose an
information collection burden under the
provisions of the Paperwork Reduction
Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq. Burden is
defined at 5 CFR 1320.3(b). It does not
include any information collection,
reporting, or record-keeping
requirements.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
generally requires an agency to prepare
a regulatory flexibility analysis of any
rule subject to notice and comment
rulemaking requirements under the
Administrative Procedure Act or any
other statute unless the agency certifies
that the rule will not have significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. Small entities
include small businesses, small
organizations, and small governmental
jurisdictions.
For purposes of assessing the impacts
of this action on small entities, small
entity is defined as: (1) A small business
as defined by the Small Business
Administration’s (SBA) regulations at 13
CFR 121.201; (2) a small governmental
jurisdiction that is a government of a
city, county, town, school district or
special district with a population of less
than 50,000; and (3) a small
organization that is any not-for-profit
enterprise that is independently owned
and operated and is not dominant in its
field.
Under the CWA WQS program, States
must adopt WQS for their waters and
must submit those WQS to EPA for
approval; if the Agency disapproves a
State standard and the State does not
adopt appropriate revisions to address
EPA’s disapproval, EPA must
promulgate standards consistent with
the statutory requirements. EPA also has
the authority to promulgate WQS in any
case where the Administrator
determines that a new or revised
standard is necessary to meet the
requirements of the Act. These State
standards (or EPA-promulgated
standards) are implemented through
various water quality control programs
including the NPDES program, which
limits discharges to navigable waters
except in compliance with an NPDES
permit. The CWA requires that all
NPDES permits include any limits on
discharges that are necessary to meet
applicable WQS.
Thus, under the CWA, EPA’s
promulgation of WQS establishes
standards that the State implements
through the NPDES permit process. The
State has discretion in developing
discharge limits, as needed to meet the
standards. This final rule, as explained
earlier, does not itself establish any
requirements that are applicable to
small entities. As a result of this action,
the State of Florida will need to ensure
that permits it issues include any
limitations on discharges necessary to
comply with the standards established
in the final rule. In doing so, the State
will have a number of choices
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
75803
associated with permit writing. While
Florida’s implementation of the rule
may ultimately result in new or revised
permit conditions for some dischargers,
including small entities, EPA’s action,
by itself, does not impose any of these
requirements on small entities; that is,
these requirements are not selfimplementing. Thus, I certify that this
rule will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities.
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates
Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Public
Law 104–4, establishes requirements for
Federal agencies to assess the effects of
their regulatory actions on State, local,
and Tribal governments and the private
sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA,
EPA generally must prepare a written
statement, including a cost-benefit
analysis, for proposed and final rules
with ‘‘Federal mandates’’ that may result
in expenditures to State, local, and
Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or
to the private sector, of $100 million or
more in any one year. Before
promulgating an EPA rule for which a
written statement is needed, section 205
of the UMRA generally requires EPA to
identify and consider a reasonable
number of regulatory alternatives and
adopt the least costly, most costeffective or least burdensome alternative
that achieves the objectives of the rule.
The provisions of section 205 do not
apply when they are inconsistent with
applicable law. Moreover, section 205
allows EPA to adopt an alternative other
than the least costly, most cost-effective
or least burdensome alternative if the
Administrator publishes with the final
rule an explanation of why that
alternative was not adopted. Before EPA
establishes any regulatory requirements
that may significantly or uniquely affect
small governments, including Tribal
governments, it must have developed
under section 203 of the UMRA a small
government agency plan. The plan must
provide for notifying potentially
affected small governments, enabling
officials of affected small governments
to have meaningful and timely input in
the development of EPA regulatory
proposals with significant Federal
intergovernmental mandates, and
informing, educating, and advising
small governments on compliance with
the regulatory requirements.
This final rule contains no Federal
mandates (under the regulatory
provisions of Title II of the UMRA) for
State, local, or Tribal governments or
the private sector. The State may use
these resulting water quality criteria in
implementing its water quality control
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75804
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
programs. This final rule does not
regulate or affect any entity and,
therefore, is not subject to the
requirements of sections 202 and 205 of
UMRA.
EPA determined that this final rule
contains no regulatory requirements that
might significantly or uniquely affect
small governments. Moreover, WQS,
including those promulgated here,
apply broadly to dischargers and are not
uniquely applicable to small
governments. Thus, this final rule is not
subject to the requirements of section
203 of UMRA.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
E. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)
This action does not have federalism
implications. It will not have substantial
direct effects on the States, on the
relationship between the national
government and the States, or on the
distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government, as specified in
Executive Order 13132. EPA’s authority
and responsibility to promulgate
Federal WQS when State standards do
not meet the requirements of the CWA
is well established and has been used on
various occasions in the past. The final
rule will not substantially affect the
relationship between EPA and the States
and territories, or the distribution of
power or responsibilities between EPA
and the various levels of government.
The final rule will not alter Florida’s
considerable discretion in implementing
these WQS. Further, this final rule will
not preclude Florida from adopting
WQS that EPA concludes meet the
requirements of the CWA, after
promulgation of the final rule, which
would eliminate the need for these
Federal standards and lead EPA to
withdraw them. Thus, Executive Order
13132 does not apply to this final rule.
Although section 6 of Executive Order
13132 does not apply to this action, EPA
had extensive communication with the
State of Florida to discuss EPA’s
concerns with the State’s water quality
criteria and the Federal rulemaking
process.
F. Executive Order 13175 (Consultation
and Coordination With Indian Tribal
Governments)
Subject to the Executive Order 13175
(65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) EPA
may not issue a regulation that has
Tribal implications, that imposes
substantial direct compliance costs, and
that is not required by statute, unless
the Federal government provides the
funds necessary to pay the direct
compliance costs incurred by Tribal
governments, or EPA consults with
Tribal officials early in the process of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
developing the proposed regulation and
develops a Tribal summary impact
statement. EPA has concluded that this
action may have Tribal implications.
However, the rule will neither impose
substantial direct compliance costs on
Tribal governments, nor preempt Tribal
law.
In the State of Florida, there are two
Indian Tribes, the Seminole Tribe of
Florida and the Miccosukee Tribe of
Indians of Florida, with lakes and
flowing waters. Both Tribes have been
approved for treatment in the same
manner as a State (TAS) status for CWA
sections 303 and 401 and have
Federally-approved WQS in their
respective jurisdictions. These Tribes
are not subject to this final rule.
However, this rule may impact the
Tribes because the numeric criteria for
Florida will apply to waters adjacent to
the Tribal waters. EPA met with the
Seminole Tribe on January 19, 2010 and
requested an opportunity to meet with
the Miccosukee Tribe to discuss EPA’s
proposed rule, although a meeting was
never requested by the Tribe.
G. Executive Order 13045 (Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
and Safety Risks)
This action is not subject to EO 13045
(62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997) because
it is not economically significant as
defined in EO 12866, and because the
Agency’s promulgation of this rule will
result in the reduction of environmental
health and safety risks that could
present a disproportionate risk to
children.
H. Executive Order 13211 (Actions That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use)
This rule is not a ‘‘significant energy
action’’ as defined in Executive Order
13211, ‘‘Actions Concerning Regulations
That Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use’’ (66 FR 28355 (May
22, 2001)), because it is not likely to
have a significant adverse effect on the
supply, distribution, or use of energy.
I. National Technology Transfer
Advancement Act of 1995
Section 12(d) of the National
Technology Transfer and Advancement
Act of 1995 (‘‘NTTAA’’), Public Law
104–113, section 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272
note) directs EPA to use voluntary
consensus standards in its regulatory
activities unless to do so would be
inconsistent with applicable law or
otherwise impractical. Voluntary
consensus standards are technical
standards (e.g., materials specifications,
test methods, sampling procedures, and
business practices) that are developed or
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
adopted by voluntary consensus
standards bodies. The NTTAA directs
EPA to provide Congress, through OMB,
explanations when the Agency decides
not to use available and applicable
voluntary consensus standards.
This final rulemaking does not
involve technical standards. Therefore,
EPA is not considering the use of any
voluntary consensus standards.
J. Executive Order 12898 (Federal
Actions To Address Environmental
Justice in Minority Populations and
Low-Income Populations)
Executive Order (EO) 12898 (Feb. 16,
1994) establishes Federal executive
policy on environmental justice. Its
main provision directs Federal agencies,
to the greatest extent practicable and
permitted by law, to make
environmental justice part of their
mission by identifying and addressing,
as appropriate, disproportionately high
and adverse human health or
environmental effects of their programs,
policies, and activities on minority
populations and low-income
populations in the United States.
EPA has determined that this final
rule does not have disproportionately
high and adverse human health or
environmental effects on minority or
low-income populations because it will
afford a greater level of protection to
both human health and the environment
if these numeric criteria are
promulgated for Class I and Class III
waters in the State of Florida.
K. Congressional Review Act
The Congressional Review Act 5
U.S.C. 801 et seq., as added by the Small
Business Regulatory Enforcement
Fairness Act of 1996, generally provides
that before a rule may take effect, the
agency promulgating the rule must
submit a rule report, which includes a
copy of the rule, to each House of the
Congress and to the Comptroller General
of the United States. EPA will submit a
report containing this rule and other
required information to the U.S. Senate,
the U.S. House of Representatives, and
the Comptroller General of the United
States prior to publication of the rule in
the Federal Register. A ‘‘major rule’’
cannot take effect until 60 days after it
is published in the Federal Register.
This action is not a ‘‘major rule’’ as
defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2). This rule is
effective March 6, 2012, except for 40
CFR 131.43(e), which is effective
February 4, 2011.
List of Subjects in 40 CFR Part 131
Environmental protection, Water
quality standards, Nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution, Nutrients, Florida.
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
Dated: November 14, 2010.
Lisa P. Jackson,
Administrator.
For the reasons set out in the
preamble, 40 CFR part 131 is amended
as follows:
■
PART 131—WATER QUALITY
STANDARDS
1. The authority citation for part 131
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.
Subpart D—[Amended]
2. Section 131.43 is added effective
February 4, 2011 to read as follows:
■
§ 131.43
Florida.
(a)–(d) [Reserved]
(e) Site-specific alternative criteria. (1)
The Regional Administrator may
determine that site-specific alternative
criteria shall apply to specific surface
waters in lieu of the criteria established
for Florida waters in this section,
including criteria for lakes, criteria for
streams, and criteria for springs. Any
such determination shall be made
consistent with § 131.11.
(2) To receive consideration from the
Regional Administrator for a
determination of site-specific alternative
criteria, an entity shall submit a request
that includes proposed alternative
numeric criteria and supporting
rationale suitable to meet the needs for
a technical support document pursuant
to paragraph (e)(3) of this section. The
entity shall provide the State a copy of
all materials submitted to EPA, at the
time of submittal to EPA, to facilitate
the State providing comments to EPA.
Site-specific alternative criteria may be
based on one or more of the following
approaches.
(i) Replicate the process for
developing the stream criteria in this
section.
(ii) Replicate the process for
developing the lake criteria in this
section.
(iii) Conduct a biological, chemical,
and physical assessment of waterbody
conditions.
(iv) Use another scientifically
defensible approach protective of the
designated use.
(3) For any determination made under
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the
Regional Administrator shall, prior to
making such a determination, provide
for public notice and comment on a
proposed determination. For any such
proposed determination, the Regional
Administrator shall prepare and make
available to the public a technical
support document addressing the
specific surface waters affected and the
justification for each proposed
determination. This document shall be
made available to the public no later
than the date of public notice issuance.
(4) The Regional Administrator shall
maintain and make available to the
public an updated list of determinations
made pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of
this section as well as the technical
support documents for each
determination.
(5) Nothing in this paragraph (e) shall
limit the Administrator’s authority to
modify the criteria established for
Florida waters in this section, including
criteria for lakes, criteria for streams,
and criteria for springs.
■ 3. Section 131.43 is revised effective
March 6, 2012 to read as follows:
§ 131.43
75805
occupies an inland basin that is not a
stream, spring, or wetland.
(6) Lakes and flowing waters means
inland surface waters that have been
classified as Class I (Potable Water
Supplies) or Class III (Recreation,
Propagation and Maintenance of a
Healthy, Well-Balanced Population of
Fish and Wildlife) water bodies
pursuant to Rule 62–302.400, F.A.C.,
excluding wetlands, and are
predominantly fresh waters.
(7) Nutrient watershed region means
an area of the State, corresponding to
drainage basins and differing geological
conditions affecting nutrient levels, as
delineated in Table 2.
(8) Predominantly fresh waters means
surface waters in which the chloride
concentration at the surface is less than
1,500 milligrams per liter.
(9) South Florida Region means those
areas south of Lake Okeechobee and the
Caloosahatchee River watershed to the
west of Lake Okeechobee and the St.
Lucie watershed to the east of Lake
Okeechobee.
(10) Spring means a site at which
ground water flows through a natural
opening in the ground onto the land
surface or into a body of surface water.
(11) State means the State of Florida,
whose transactions with the U.S. EPA in
matters related to 40 CFR 131.43 are
administered by the Secretary, or
officials delegated such responsibility,
of the Florida Department of
Environmental Protection (FDEP), or
successor agencies.
(12) Stream means a free-flowing,
predominantly fresh surface water in a
defined channel, and includes rivers,
creeks, branches, canals, freshwater
sloughs, and other similar water bodies.
(13) Surface water means water upon
the surface of the earth, whether
contained in bounds created naturally
or artificially or diffused. Water from
natural springs shall be classified as
surface water when it exits from the
spring onto the Earth’s surface.
(c) Criteria for Florida waters—(1)
Criteria for lakes. (i) The applicable
criteria for chlorophyll a, total nitrogen
(TN), and total phosphorus (TP) for
lakes within each respective lake class
are shown on Table 1.
Florida.
(a) Scope. This section promulgates
numeric criteria for nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution for Class I and
Class III waters in the State of Florida.
This section also contains provisions for
site-specific alternative criteria.
(b) Definitions.—(1) Canal means a
trench, the bottom of which is normally
covered by water with the upper edges
of its two sides normally above water.
(2) Clear, high-alkalinity lake means a
lake with long-term color less than or
equal to 40 Platinum Cobalt Units (PCU)
and Alkalinity greater than 20 mg/L
CaCO3.
(3) Clear, low-alkalinity lake means a
lake with long-term color less than or
equal to 40 PCU and alkalinity less than
or equal to 20 mg/L CaCO3.
(4) Colored lake means a lake with
long-term color greater than 40 PCU.
(5) Lake means a slow-moving or
standing body of freshwater that
TABLE 1
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
A
B
Color a
C
Lake
and Alkalinity
Chl-a
(mg/L) b,*
TN
(mg/L)
TP
(mg/L)
Colored Lakes c ................................................................................................................
0.020
1.27
[1.27–2.23]
0.05
[0.05–0.16]
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
75806
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 1—Continued
A
B
C
Lake Color a
and Alkalinity
Chl-a
(mg/L) b,*
TN
(mg/L)
TP
(mg/L)
Clear Lakes, .....................................................................................................................
High Alkalinity d ................................................................................................................
0.020
1.05
[1.05–1.91]
0.03
[0.03–0.09]
Clear Lakes, .....................................................................................................................
Low Alkalinity e .................................................................................................................
0.006
0.51
[0.51–0.93]
0.01
[0.01–0.03]
a Platinum
Cobalt Units (PCU) assessed as true color free from turbidity.
a is defined as corrected chlorophyll, or the concentration of chlorophyll a remaining after the chlorophyll degradation product,
phaeophytin a, has been subtracted from the uncorrected chlorophyll a measurement.
cLong-term Color > 40 Platinum Cobalt Units (PCU)
dLong-term Color ≤ 40 PCU and Alkalinity > 20 mg/L CaCO
3
e Long-term Color ≤ 40 PCU and Alkalinity ≤ 20 mg/L CaCO
3
* For a given waterbody, the annual geometric mean of chlorophyll a, TN or TP concentrations shall not exceed the applicable criterion concentration more than once in a three-year period.
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
b Chlorophyll
(ii) Baseline criteria apply unless the
State determines that modified criteria
within the range indicated in Table 1
apply to a specific lake. Once
established, modified criteria are the
applicable criteria for all CWA
purposes. The State may use this
procedure one time for a specific lake in
lieu of the site-specific alternative
criteria procedure described in
paragraph (e) of this section.
(A) The State may calculate modified
criteria for TN and/or TP where the
chlorophyll a criterion-magnitude as an
annual geometric mean has not been
exceeded and sufficient ambient
monitoring data exist for chlorophyll a
and TN and/or TP for at least the three
immediately preceding years. Sufficient
data include at least four measurements
per year, with at least one measurement
between May and September and one
measurement between October and
April each year.
(B) Modified criteria are calculated
using data from years in which
sufficient data are available to reflect
maintenance of ambient conditions.
Modified TN and/or TP criteria may not
be greater than the higher value
specified in the range of values in
column C of Table 1 in paragraph
(c)(1)(i) of this section. Modified TP and
TN criteria may not exceed criteria
applicable to streams to which a lake
discharges.
(C) The State shall notify the public
and maintain a record of these modified
lake criteria, as well as a record
supporting their derivation. The State
shall notify EPA Region 4 and provide
the supporting record within 30 days of
determination of modified lake criteria.
(2) Criteria for streams. (i) The
applicable instream protection value
(IPV) criteria for total nitrogen (TN) and
total phosphorus (TP) for streams within
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
each respective nutrient watershed
region are shown on Table 2.
* For a given waterbody, the annual geometric mean of TN or TP concentrations shall
not exceed the applicable criterion concentration more than once in a three-year period.
TABLE 2
Nutrient watershed region
Panhandle West a .........
Panhandle East b ..........
North Central c ..............
West Central d ..............
Peninsula e ....................
Instream protection value criteria
TN
(mg/L)*
TP
(mg/L)*
0.67
1.03
1.87
1.65
1.54
0.06
0.18
0.30
0.49
0.12
Watersheds pertaining to each Nutrient Watershed Region (NWR) were based principally
on the NOAA coastal, estuarine, and fluvial
drainage areas with modifications to the
NOAA drainage areas in the West Central and
Peninsula Regions that account for unique watershed geologies. For more detailed information on regionalization and which WBIDs pertain to each NWR, see the Technical Support
Document.
a Panhandle West region includes: Perdido
Bay Watershed, Pensacola Bay Watershed,
Choctawhatchee Bay Watershed, St. Andrew
Bay Watershed, and Apalachicola Bay Watershed.
b Panhandle
East
region
includes:
Apalachee Bay Watershed, and Econfina/
Steinhatchee Coastal Drainage Area.
c North Central region includes the Suwannee River Watershed.
d West
Central region includes: Peace,
Myakka, Hillsborough, Alafia, Manatee, Little
Manatee River Watersheds, and small, direct
Tampa Bay tributary watersheds south of the
Hillsborough River Watershed.
e Peninsula region includes: Waccasassa
Coastal Drainage Area, Withlacoochee Coastal Drainage Area, Crystal/Pithlachascotee
Coastal Drainage Area, small, direct Tampa
Bay tributary watersheds west of the
Hillsborough River Watershed, Sarasota Bay
Watershed, small, direct Charlotte Harbor tributary watersheds south of the Peace River
Watershed, Caloosahatchee River Watershed,
Estero Bay Watershed, Kissimmee River/Lake
Okeechobee Drainage Area, Loxahatchee/St.
Lucie Watershed, Indian River Watershed,
Daytona/St. Augustine Coastal Drainage Area,
St. John’s River Watershed, Nassau Coastal
Drainage Area, and St. Mary’s River Watershed.
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(ii) Criteria for protection of
downstream lakes. (A) The applicable
criteria for streams that flow into
downstream lakes include both the
instream criteria for total phosphorus
(TP) and total nitrogen (TN) in Table 2
in paragraph (c)(2)(i) and the
downstream protection value (DPV) for
TP and TN derived pursuant to the
provisions of this paragraph. A DPV for
stream tributaries (up to the point of
reaching water bodies that are not
streams as defined by this rule) that
flow into a downstream lake is either
the allowable concentration or the
allowable loading of TN and/or TP
applied at the point of entry into the
lake. The applicable DPV for any stream
shall be determined pursuant to
paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(B), (C), or (D) of this
section. Contributions from stream
tributaries upstream of the point of
entry location must result in attainment
of the DPV at the point of entry into the
lake. If the DPV is not attained at the
point of entry into the lake, then the
collective set of streams in the upstream
watershed does not attain the DPV,
which is an applicable water quality
criterion for the water segments in the
upstream watershed. The State or EPA
may establish additional DPVs at
upstream tributary locations that are
consistent with attaining the DPV at the
point of entry into the lake. The State
or EPA also have discretion to establish
DPVs to account for a larger watershed
area (i.e., include waters beyond the
point of reaching water bodies that are
not streams as defined by this rule).
(B) In instances where available data
and/or resources provide for use of a
scientifically defensible and protective
lake-specific application of the
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Federal Register / Vol. 75, No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 / Rules and Regulations
jlentini on DSKJ8SOYB1PROD with RULES2
BATHTUB model, the State or EPA may
derive the DPV for TN and/or TP from
use of a lake-specific application of
BATHTUB. The State and EPA are
authorized to use a scientifically
defensible technical model other than
BATHTUB upon demonstration that use
of another scientifically defensible
technical model would protect the
lake’s designated uses and meet all
applicable criteria for the lake. The State
or EPA may designate the wasteload
and/or load allocations from a TMDL
established or approved by EPA as
DPV(s) if the allocations from the TMDL
will protect the lake’s designated uses
and meet all applicable criteria for the
lake.
(C) When the State or EPA has not
derived a DPV for a stream pursuant to
paragraph (c)(2)(ii)(B) of this section,
and where the downstream lake attains
the applicable chlorophyll a criterion
and the applicable TP and/or TN
criteria, then the DPV for TN and/or TP
is the associated ambient instream
levels of TN and/or TP at the point of
entry to the lake. Degradation in water
quality from the DPV pursuant to this
paragraph is to be considered
nonattainment of the DPV, unless the
DPV is adjusted pursuant to paragraph
(c)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
(D) When the State or EPA has not
derived a DPV pursuant to paragraph
(c)(2)(ii)(B) of this section, and where
the downstream lake does not attain
applicable chlorophyll a criterion or the
applicable TN and/or TP criteria, or has
not been assessed, then the DPV for TN
and/or TP is the applicable TN and/or
TP criteria for the downstream lake.
(E) The State and EPA shall maintain
a record of DPVs they derive based on
the methods described in paragraphs
(c)(2)(ii)(B) and (C) of this section, as
well as a record supporting their
derivation, and make such records
available to the public. The State and
EPA shall notify one another and
provide a supporting record within 30
days of derivation of DPVs pursuant to
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:17 Dec 03, 2010
Jkt 223001
paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)(B) or (C) of this
section.
(3) Criteria for springs. The applicable
nitrate+nitrite criterion is 0.35 mg/L as
an annual geometric mean, not to be
exceeded more than once in a three-year
period.
(d) Applicability. (1) The criteria in
paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this
section apply to lakes and flowing
waters, excluding flowing waters in the
South Florida Region, and apply
concurrently with other applicable
water quality criteria, except when:
(i) State water quality standards
contain criteria that are more stringent
for a particular parameter and use;
(ii) The Regional Administrator
determines that site-specific alternative
criteria apply pursuant to the
procedures in paragraph (e) of this
section; or
(iii) The State adopts and EPA
approves a water quality standards
variance to the Class I or Class III
designated use pursuant to § 131.13 that
meets the applicable provisions of State
law and the applicable Federal
regulations at § 131.10.
(2) The criteria established in this
section are subject to the State’s general
rules of applicability in the same way
and to the same extent as are the other
Federally-adopted and State-adopted
numeric criteria when applied to the
same use classifications.
(e) Site-specific alternative criteria. (1)
The Regional Administrator may
determine that site-specific alternative
criteria shall apply to specific surface
waters in lieu of the criteria established
in paragraph (c) of this section. Any
such determination shall be made
consistent with § 131.11.
(2) To receive consideration from the
Regional Administrator for a
determination of site-specific alternative
criteria, an entity shall submit a request
that includes proposed alternative
numeric criteria and supporting
rationale suitable to meet the needs for
a technical support document pursuant
to paragraph (e)(3) of this section. The
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
75807
entity shall provide the State a copy of
all materials submitted to EPA, at the
time of submittal to EPA, to facilitate
the State providing comments to EPA.
Site-specific alternative criteria may be
based on one or more of the following
approaches.
(i) Replicate the process for
developing the stream criteria in
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section.
(ii) Replicate the process for
developing the lake criteria in paragraph
(c)(1) of this section.
(iii) Conduct a biological, chemical,
and physical assessment of waterbody
conditions.
(iv) Use another scientifically
defensible approach protective of the
designated use.
(3) For any determination made under
paragraph (e)(1) of this section, the
Regional Administrator shall, prior to
making such a determination, provide
for public notice and comment on a
proposed determination. For any such
proposed determination, the Regional
Administrator shall prepare and make
available to the public a technical
support document addressing the
specific surface waters affected and the
justification for each proposed
determination. This document shall be
made available to the public no later
than the date of public notice issuance.
(4) The Regional Administrator shall
maintain and make available to the
public an updated list of determinations
made pursuant to paragraph (e)(1) of
this section as well as the technical
support documents for each
determination.
(5) Nothing in this paragraph (e) shall
limit the Administrator’s authority to
modify the criteria in paragraph (c) of
this section through rulemaking.
(f) Effective date. This section is
effective March 6, 2012, except for
§ 131.43(e), which is effective February
4, 2011.
[FR Doc. 2010–29943 Filed 12–3–10; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560–50–P
E:\FR\FM\06DER2.SGM
06DER2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 75, Number 233 (Monday, December 6, 2010)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 75762-75807]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2010-29943]
[[Page 75761]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Part III
Environmental Protection Agency
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
40 CFR Part 131
Water Quality Standards for the State of Florida's Lakes and Flowing
Waters; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 75 , No. 233 / Monday, December 6, 2010 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 75762]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 131
[EPA-HQ-OW-2009-0596; FRL-9228-7]
RIN 2040-AF11
Water Quality Standards for the State of Florida's Lakes and
Flowing Waters
AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA or Agency) is
promulgating numeric water quality criteria for nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution to protect aquatic life in lakes, flowing waters, and springs
within the State of Florida. These criteria apply to Florida waters
that are designated as Class I or Class III waters in order to
implement the State's narrative nutrient provision at Subsection 62-
302-530(47)(b), Florida Administrative Code (F.A.C.), which provides
that ``[i]n no case shall nutrient concentrations of a body of water be
altered so as to cause an imbalance in natural populations of aquatic
flora or fauna.''
DATES: This final rule is effective March 6, 2012, except for 40 CFR
131.43(e), which is effective February 4, 2011.
ADDRESSES: An electronic version of the public docket is available
through EPA's electronic public docket and comment system, EPA Dockets.
You may use EPA Dockets at https://www.regulations.gov to view public
comments, access the index listing of the contents of the official
public docket, and to access those documents in the public docket that
are available electronically. For additional information about EPA's
public docket, visit the EPA Docket Center homepage at https://www.epa.gov/epahome/dockets.htm. Although listed in the index, some
information is not publicly available, i.e., Confidential Business
Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted
by statute. Certain other material, such as copyright material, is not
placed on the Internet and will be publicly available only in hard copy
form. Publicly available docket materials are available either
electronically in https://www.regulations.gov or in hard copy at the
Docket Facility. The Office of Water (OW) Docket Center is open from
8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal
holidays. The OW Docket Center telephone number is 202-566-1744 and the
Docket address is OW Docket, EPA West, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution
Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20004. The Public Reading Room is open from
8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal
holidays. The telephone number for the Public Reading Room is (202)
566-1744.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: For information concerning this
rulemaking, contact Danielle Salvaterra, U.S. EPA Headquarters, Office
of Water, Mailcode: 4305T, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW., Washington,
DC 20460; telephone number: 202-564-1649; fax number: 202-566-9981; e-
mail address: salvaterra.danielle@epa.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This supplementary information section is
organized as follows:
Table of Contents
I. General Information
A. Executive Summary
B. Which water bodies are affected by this rule?
C. What entities may be affected by this rule?
D. How can I get copies of this document and other related
information?
II. Background
A. Nitrogen/Phosphorus Pollution
B. Statutory and Regulatory Background
C. Water Quality Criteria
D. EPA Determination Regarding Florida and EPA's Rulemaking
III. Numeric Criteria for Streams, Lakes, and Springs in the State
of Florida
A. General Information
B. Numeric Criteria for the State of Florida's Streams
C. Numeric Criteria for the State of Florida's Lakes
D. Numeric Criterion for the State of Florida's Springs
E. Applicability of Criteria When Final
IV. Under what conditions will federal standards be withdrawn?
V. Alternative Regulatory Approaches and Implementation Mechanisms
A. Designating Uses
B. Variances
C. Site-Specific Alternative Criteria
D. Compliance Schedules
E. Proposed Restoration Water Quality Standard
VI. Economic Analysis
VII. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
E. Executive Order 13132 (Federalism)
F. Executive Order 13175 (Consultation and Coordination With
Indian Tribal Governments)
G. Executive Order 13045 (Protection of Children From
Environmental Health and Safety Risks)
H. Executive Order 13211 (Actions That Significantly Affect
Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use)
I. National Technology Transfer Advancement Act of 1995
J. Executive Order 12898 (Federal Actions To Address
Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income
Populations)
K. Congressional Review Act
I. General Information
A. Executive Summary
Florida is known for its abundant and aesthetically beautiful
natural resources, in particular its water resources. Florida's water
resources are very important to its economy, for example, its $6.5
billion fishing industry.\1\ However, nitrogen/phosphorus pollution has
contributed to severe water quality degradation in the State of
Florida. Based upon waters assessed and reported by the Florida
Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) in its 2008 Integrated
Water Quality Assessment for Florida, approximately 1,049 miles of
rivers and streams (about 5% of total assessed streams), 349,248 acres
of lakes (about 23% of total assessed lakes), and 902 square miles of
estuaries (about 24% of total assessed estuaries) are known to be
impaired for nutrients by the State.\2\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission. 2010. The
economic impact of freshwater fishing in Florida. https://www.myfwc.com/CONSERVATION/Conservation_ValueofConservation_EconFreshwaterImpact.htm. Accessed August 2010.
\2\ Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP). 2008.
Integrated Water Quality Assessment for Florida: 2008 305(b) Report
and 303(d) List Update.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The information presented in FDEP's latest water quality assessment
report, the 2010 Integrated Water Quality Assessment for Florida,
documents increased identification of assessed waters that are impaired
due to nutrients. In the FDEP 2010 Integrated Water Quality Assessment
for Florida, approximately 1,918 miles of rivers and streams (about 8%
of assessed river and stream miles), 378,435 acres of lakes (about 26%
of assessed lake acres), and 569 square miles of estuaries \3\ (about
21% of assessed square miles of estuaries) \4\ are identified as
impaired by
[[Page 75763]]
nutrients.\5\ The challenge of nitrogen/phosphorus pollution has been
an ongoing focus for FDEP. Over the past decade or more, FDEP reports
that it has spent over 20 million dollars collecting and analyzing data
related to concentrations and impacts of nitrogen/phosphorus pollution
in the State.\6\ Despite FDEP's intensive efforts to diagnose and
evaluate nitrogen/phosphorus pollution, substantial and widespread
water quality degradation from nitrogen/phosphorus over-enrichment has
continued and remains a significant problem.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ The estimated miles for estuaries were recalculated in 2010.
FDEP used revised GIS techniques to calculate mileages and corrected
estuary waterbody descriptions by removing land drainage areas that
had been included in some descriptions, which reduced the estimates
of total estuarine water area for Florida waters generally, as well
as for some of the estuary classifications in the 2010 report.
\4\ For the Integrated Water Quality Assessment for Florida:
2010 305(b) Report and 303(d) List Update, Florida assessed about
3,637 additional miles of streams, about 24,833 fewer acres of
lakes, and about 1,065 fewer square miles of estuaries than the 2008
Integrated Report. In addition, Florida reevaluated the WBID segment
boundaries using ``improved GIS techniques'' for mapping. The most
significant result of the major change in mapping was the reduction
of assessed estuarine area from 3,726 to 2,661 square miles. The net
result to the impaired waters for estuaries is that the percent of
assessed estuaries impaired remains about the same in 2008 (24%) as
in 2010 (21%).
\5\ FDEP. 2010. Integrated Water Quality Assessment for Florida:
2010 305(b) Report and 303(d) List Update.
\6\ FDEP. 2009. Florida Numeric Nutrient Criteria History and
Status. https://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/wqssp/nutrients/docs/fl-nnc-summary-100109.pdf. Accessed September 2010.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
On January 14, 2009, EPA determined under Clean Water Act (CWA)
section 303(c)(4)(B) that new or revised water quality standards (WQS)
in the form of numeric water quality criteria are necessary to protect
the designated uses from nitrogen/phosphorus pollution that Florida has
set for its Class I and Class III waters. The Agency considered (1) the
State's documented unique and threatened ecosystems, (2) the large
number of impaired waters due to existing nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution, and (3) the challenge associated with growing nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution associated with expanding urbanization, continued
agricultural development, and a significantly increasing population
that the U.S. Census estimates is expected to grow over 75% between
2000 and 2030.\7\ EPA also reviewed the State's regulatory
accountability system, which represents a synthesis of both technology-
based standards and point source control authority, as well as
authority to establish enforceable controls for nonpoint source
activities.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ U.S. Census Bureau, Population Division, Interim State
Population Projections, 2005. https://www.census.gov/population/projections/SummaryTabA1.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
A significant challenge faced by Florida's water quality program is
its dependence and current reliance upon an approach involving
resource-intensive and time-consuming site-by-site data collection and
analysis to interpret non-numeric narrative criteria. This approach is
used to make water quality impairment determinations under CWA section
303(d), to set appropriately protective numeric nitrogen and phosphorus
pollution targets to guide restoration of impaired waters, and to
establish numeric nitrogen and phosphorus goals to ensure effective
protection and maintenance of non-impaired waters. EPA determined that
Florida's reliance on a case-by-case interpretation of its narrative
criterion in implementing an otherwise comprehensive water quality
framework of enforceable accountability mechanisms was insufficient to
ensure protection of applicable designated uses under Subsection 62-
302.530(47)(b), F.A.C., which, as noted above, provides ``[i]n no case
shall nutrient concentrations of a body of water be altered so as to
cause an imbalance in natural populations of aquatic flora or fauna.''
In accordance with the terms of EPA's January 14, 2009
determination, an August 2009 Consent Decree, and June 7, 2010 and
October 27, 2010 revisions to that Consent Decree, which are discussed
in more detail in Section II.D, EPA is promulgating and establishing
final numeric criteria for lakes and springs throughout Florida, and
flowing waters (e.g., rivers, streams, canals, etc.) located outside of
the South Florida Region.\8\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ For purposes of this rule, EPA has distinguished South
Florida as those areas south of Lake Okeechobee and the
Caloosahatchee River watershed to the west of Lake Okeechobee and
the St. Lucie watershed to the east of Lake Okeechobee, hereinafter
referred to as the South Florida Region. Numeric criteria applicable
to flowing waters in the South Florida Region will be addressed in
the second phase of EPA's rulemaking regarding the establishment of
estuarine and coastal numeric criteria. (Please refer to Section I.B
for a discussion of the water bodies affected by this rule).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Regarding numeric criteria for streams, the Agency conducted a
detailed technical evaluation of the substantial amount of sampling,
monitoring and associated water quality analytic data available on
Florida streams together with a significant amount of related
scientific analysis. EPA concluded that reliance on a reference-based
methodology was a strong and scientifically sound approach for deriving
numeric criteria, in the form of total nitrogen (TN) and total
phosphorus (TP) concentration values for flowing waters including
streams and rivers. This information is presented in more detail in
Section III.B below.
For lakes, EPA is promulgating a classification approach using
color and alkalinity based upon substantial data that show that lake
color and alkalinity are important predictors of the degree to which TN
and TP concentrations result in a biological response such as elevated
chlorophyll a levels. EPA found that correlations between nitrogen/
phosphorus and biological response parameters in the different types of
lakes in Florida were specific, significant, and documentable, and when
considered in combination with additional lines of evidence, support a
stressor-response approach to criteria development for Florida's lakes.
EPA's results show a significant relationship between concentrations of
nitrogen and phosphorus in lakes and algal growth. The Agency is also
promulgating an accompanying supplementary analytical approach that the
State can use to adjust TN and TP criteria within a certain range for
individual lakes where sufficient data on long-term ambient chlorophyll
a, TN, and TP levels are available to demonstrate that protective
chlorophyll a criterion for a specific lake will still be maintained
and attainment of the designated use will be assured. This information
is presented in more detail in Section III.C below.
EPA also evaluated what downstream protection criteria for streams
that flow into lakes is necessary for assuring the protection of
downstream lake water quality pursuant to the provisions of 40 CFR
130.10(b), which requires that water quality standards (WQS) must
provide for the attainment and maintenance of the WQS of downstream
waters. EPA examined a variety of lake modeling techniques and data to
ensure protection of aquatic life in downstream lakes that have streams
flowing into them. Accordingly, this final rule includes a tiered
approach to adjust instream TP and TN criteria for flowing waters to
ensure protection of downstream lakes. This approach is detailed in
Section III.C(2)(f) below.\9\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\9\ As provided by the terms of the June 7, 2010 amended Consent
Decree, downstream protection values for estuaries and coastal
waters will be addressed in the context of the second phase of this
rulemaking process.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Regarding numeric criteria for springs, EPA is promulgating a
nitrate+nitrite criterion for springs based on stressor-response
relationships that are based on laboratory data and field evaluations
that document the response of nuisance \10\ algae and periphyton growth
to nitrate+nitrite concentrations in springs. This criterion is
explained in more detail in Section III.D below.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\10\ Nuisance algae is best characterized by Subsection 62-
302.200(17), F.A.C.: ``Nuisance Species'' shall mean species of
flora or fauna whose noxious characteristics or presence in
sufficient number, biomass, or areal extent may reasonably be
expected to prevent, or unreasonably interfere with, a designated
use of those waters.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Finally, EPA is promulgating in this notice an approach to
authorize and allow derivation of Federal site-specific alternative
criteria (SSAC) based upon EPA review and approval of applicant
submissions of scientifically defensible
[[Page 75764]]
recalculations that meet the requirements of CWA section 303(c) and
EPA's implementing regulations at 40 CFR part 131. Total maximum daily
load (TMDL) targets submitted to EPA for consideration as new or
revised WQS would be reviewed under this SSAC process. This approach is
discussed in more detail in Section V.C below.
Throughout the development of this rulemaking, EPA has emphasized
the importance of sound science and widespread input in developing
numeric criteria. Stakeholders have reiterated that numeric criteria
must be scientifically sound. As demonstrated by the extent and detail
of scientific analysis explained below, EPA continues to strongly
agree. Under the CWA and EPA's implementing regulations, numeric
criteria must protect the designated use of a waterbody (as well as
ensure protection of downstream uses) and must be based on sound
scientific rationale. (See CWA section 303(c); 40 CFR 131.11). In
Florida, EPA relied upon its published criteria development
methodologies \11\ and a substantial body of scientific analysis,
documentation, and evaluation, much of it provided to EPA by FDEP. As
discussed in more detail below, EPA believes that the final criteria in
this rule meet requirements for designated use and downstream WQS
protection under the CWA and that they are clearly based on sound and
substantial data and analyses.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\11\ USEPA. 2000a. Nutrient Criteria Technical Guidance Manual:
Lakes and Reserviors. EPA-822-B-00-001. U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington, DC. USEPA. 2000b.
Nutrient Criteria Technical Guidance Manual: Rivers and Streams.
EPA-822-B-00-002. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Office of
Water, Washington, DC.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
B. Which water bodies are affected by this rule?
The criteria in this final rulemaking apply to a group of inland
waters of the United States within Florida. Specifically, as defined
below, these criteria apply to lakes and springs throughout Florida,
and flowing waters (e.g., rivers, streams, canals, etc.) located
outside of the South Florida Region. For purposes of this rule, EPA has
distinguished South Florida as those areas south of Lake Okeechobee and
the Caloosahatchee River watershed to the west of Lake Okeechobee and
the St. Lucie watershed to the east of Lake Okeechobee, hereinafter
referred to as the South Florida Region. In this section, EPA defines
the water bodies affected by this rule with respect to the Clean Water
Act, Florida Administrative Code, and geographic scope in Florida.
Because this regulation applies to inland waters, EPA defines fresh
water as it applies to the affected water bodies.
The CWA requires adoption of WQS for ``navigable waters.'' CWA
section 303(c)(2)(A). The CWA defines ``navigable waters'' to mean
``the waters of the United States, including the territorial seas.''
CWA section 502(7). Whether a particular waterbody is a water of the
United States is a waterbody-specific determination. Every waterbody
that is a water of the United States requires WQS under the CWA. EPA is
not aware of any waters of the United States in Florida that are
currently exempted from the State's WQS. For any privately-owned water
in Florida that is a water of the United States, the applicable numeric
criteria for those types of waters would apply. This rule does not
apply to waters for which the Miccosukee Tribe of Indians or Seminole
Tribe of Indians has obtained Treatment in the Same Manner as a State
status for Sections 303 and 401 of the CWA, pursuant to Section 518 of
the CWA.
EPA's final rule defines ``lakes and flowing waters'' (a phrase
that includes lakes, streams, and springs) to mean inland surface
waters that have been classified as Class I (Potable Water Supplies) or
Class III (Recreation, Propagation and Maintenance of a Healthy, Well-
Balanced Population of Fish and Wildlife) water bodies pursuant to
Section 62-302.400, F.A.C., which are predominantly fresh waters,
excluding wetlands. Class I and Class III surface waters share water
quality criteria established to ``protect recreation and the
propagation and maintenance of a healthy, well-balanced population of
fish and wildlife'' pursuant to Subsection 62-302.400(4), F.A.C.\12\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\12\ Class I waters also include an applicable nitrate limit of
10 mg/L and nitrite limit of 1 mg/L for the protection of human
health in drinking water supplies. The nitrate limit applies at the
entry point to the distribution system (i.e., after any treatment);
see Chapter 62-550, F.A.C., for additional details.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Geographically, the regulation applies to all lakes and springs
throughout Florida. EPA is not finalizing numeric criteria for
Florida's streams or canals in south Florida at this time. As noted
above, EPA has distinguished South Florida as those areas south of Lake
Okeechobee and the Caloosahatchee River watershed to the west of Lake
Okeechobee and the St. Lucie watershed to the east of Lake Okeechobee,
hereinafter referred to as the South Florida Region. The Agency will
propose criteria for south Florida flowing waters in conjunction with
criteria for Florida's estuarine and coastal waters by November 14,
2011.
Consistent with Section 62-302.200, F.A.C., EPA's final rule
defines ``predominantly fresh waters'' to mean surface waters in which
the chloride concentration at the surface is less than 1,500 milligrams
per liter (mg/L). Consistent with Section 62-302.200, F.A.C., EPA's
final rule defines ``surface water'' to mean ``water upon the surface
of the earth, whether contained in bounds created naturally,
artificially, or diffused. Water from natural springs shall be
classified as surface water when it exits from the spring onto the
earth's surface.'' In this rulemaking, EPA is promulgating numeric
criteria for the following waterbody types: lakes, streams, and
springs. EPA's final rule also includes definitions for each of these
waters. ``Lake'' means a slow-moving or standing body of freshwater
that occupies an inland basin that is not a stream, spring, or wetland.
``Stream'' means a free-flowing, predominantly fresh surface water in a
defined channel, and includes rivers, creeks, branches, canals,
freshwater sloughs, and other similar water bodies. ``Spring'' means a
site at which ground water flows through a natural opening in the
ground onto the land surface or into a body of surface water.
Consistent with Section 62-312.020, F.A.C., ``canal'' means a trench,
the bottom of which is normally covered by water with the upper edges
of its two sides normally above water.
C. What entities may be affected by this rule?
Citizens concerned with water quality in Florida may be interested
in this rulemaking. Entities discharging nitrogen or phosphorus to
lakes and flowing waters of Florida could be indirectly affected by
this rulemaking because WQS are used in determining National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit limits. Categories and
entities that may ultimately be affected include:
[[Page 75765]]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Examples of potentially affected
Category entities
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Industry......................... Industries discharging pollutants to
lakes and flowing waters in the
State of Florida.
Municipalities................... Publicly-owned treatment works
discharging pollutants to lakes and
flowing waters in the State of
Florida.
Stormwater Management Districts.. Entities responsible for managing
stormwater runoff in Florida.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
This table is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a
guide for entities that may be directly or indirectly affected by this
action. This table lists the types of entities of which EPA is now
aware that potentially could be affected by this action. Other types of
entities not listed in the table, such as nonpoint source contributors
to nitrogen/phosphorus pollution in Florida's waters may be affected
through implementation of Florida's water quality standards program
(i.e., through Basin Management Action Plans (BMAPs)). Any parties or
entities conducting activities within watersheds of the Florida waters
covered by this rule, or who rely on, depend upon, influence, or
contribute to the water quality of the lakes and flowing waters of
Florida, may be affected by this rule. To determine whether your
facility or activities may be affected by this action, you should
carefully examine the language in 40 CFR 131.43, which is the final
rule. If you have questions regarding the applicability of this action
to a particular entity, consult the person listed in the preceding FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section.
D. How can I get copies of this document and other related information?
1. Docket. EPA has established an official public docket for this
action under Docket Id. No. EPA-HQ-OW-2009-0596. The official public
docket consists of the document specifically referenced in this action,
any public comments received, and other information related to this
action. Although a part of the official docket, the public docket does
not include CBI or other information whose disclosure is restricted by
statute. The official public docket is the collection of materials that
is available for public viewing at the OW Docket, EPA West, Room 3334,
1301 Constitution Ave., NW., Washington, DC 20004. This Docket Facility
is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding
legal holidays. The Docket telephone number is 202-566-2426. A
reasonable fee will be charged for copies.
2. Electronic Access. You may access this Federal Register document
electronically through the EPA Internet under the ``Federal Register''
listings at https://www.epa.gov/fedrgstr/.
An electronic version of the public docket is available through
EPA's electronic public docket and comment system, EPA Dockets. You may
use EPA Dockets at https://www.regulations.gov to view public comments,
access the index listing of the contents of the official public docket,
and to access those documents in the public docket that are available
electronically. For additional information about EPA's public docket,
visit the EPA Docket Center homepage at https://www.epa.gov/epahome/dockets.htm. Although not all docket materials may be available
electronically, you may still access any of the publicly available
docket materials through the Docket Facility identified in Section
I.C(1).
II. Background
A. Nitrogen/Phosphorus Pollution
1. What is nitrogen/phosphorus pollution?
Excess loading of nitrogen and phosphorus compounds,\13\ is one of
the most prevalent causes of water quality impairment in the United
States. Nitrogen/phosphorus pollution problems have been recognized for
some time in the U.S., for example a 1969 report by the National
Academy of Sciences \14\ notes ``[t]he pollution problem is critical
because of increased population, industrial growth, intensification of
agricultural production, river-basin development, recreational use of
waters, and domestic and industrial exploitation of shore properties.
Accelerated eutrophication causes changes in plant and animal life--
changes that often interfere with use of water, detract from natural
beauty, and reduce property values.'' Inputs of nitrogen and phosphorus
lead to over-enrichment in many of the Nation's waters and constitute a
widespread, persistent, and growing problem. Nitrogen/phosphorus
pollution in fresh water systems can significantly impact aquatic life
and long-term ecosystem health, diversity, and balance. More
specifically, high nitrogen and phosphorus loadings result in harmful
algal blooms (HABs), reduced spawning grounds and nursery habitats,
fish kills, and oxygen-starved hypoxic or ``dead'' zones. Public health
concerns related to nitrogen/phosphorus pollution include impaired
surface and groundwater drinking water sources from high levels of
nitrates, possible formation of disinfection byproducts in drinking
water, and increased exposure to toxic microbes such as
cyanobacteria.15 16 Degradation of water bodies from
nitrogen/phosphorus pollution can result in economic consequences. For
example, given that fresh and salt water fishing in Florida are
significant recreational and tourist attractions generating over six
billion dollars annually,\17\ changes in Florida's waters that degrade
water quality to the point that sport fishing populations are affected,
will also affect this important part of Florida's economy. Elevated
nitrogen/phosphorus levels can occur locally in a stream or
groundwater, or can accumulate much further downstream leading to
degraded lakes, reservoirs, and estuaries where fish and aquatic life
can no longer survive.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\13\ To be used by living organisms, nitrogen gas must be fixed
into its reactive forms; for plants, either nitrate or ammonia
(Boyd, C.E. 1979. Water Quality in Warmwater Fish Ponds. Auburn
University: Alabama Agricultural Experiment Station, Auburn, AL).
Eutrophication is defined as the natural or artificial addition of
nitrogen/phosphorus to bodies of water and to the effects of added
nitrogen/phosphorus (National Academy of Sciences (U.S.). 1969.
Eutrophication: Causes, Consequences, Correctives. National Academy
of Sciences, Washington, DC.)
\14\ National Academy of Sciences (U.S.). 1969. Eutrophication:
Causes, Consequences, Correctives. National Academy of Sciences,
Washington, DC.
\15\ Villanueva, C.M. et al., 2006. Bladder Cancer and Exposure
to Water Disinfection By-Products through Ingestion, Bathing,
Showering, and Swimming in Pools. American Journal of Epidemiology
165(2):148-156.
\16\ USEPA. 2009. What is in Our Drinking Water?. United States
Environmental Protection Agency, Office of Research and Development.
https://www.epa.gov/extrmurl/research/process/drinkingwater.html.
Accessed December 2009.
\17\ Florida Fish and Wildlife Conservation Commission. 2010.
The economic impact of freshwater fishing in Florida. https://www.myfwc.com/CONSERVATION/Conservation_ValueofConservation_EconFreshwaterImpact.htm. Accessed August 2010.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Excess nitrogen/phosphorus in water bodies comes from many sources,
which can be grouped into five major categories: (1) Urban stormwater
runoff--sources associated with urban land use and development, (2)
municipal and industrial waste water discharges, (3) row crop
agriculture, (4) livestock production, and (5) atmospheric deposition
from the production of nitrogen oxides in electric
[[Page 75766]]
power generation and internal combustion engines. These sources
contribute significant loadings of nitrogen and phosphorus to surface
waters, causing major impacts to aquatic ecosystems and significant
imbalances in the natural populations of flora and
fauna.18 19
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\18\ National Research Council. 2000. Clean coastal waters:
Understanding and reducing the effects of nutrient pollution.
National Academies Press, Washington, DC; Howarth, R.W., A.
Sharpley, and D. Walker. 2002. Sources of nutrient pollution to
coastal waters in the United States: Implications for achieving
coastal water quality goals. Estuaries 25(4b):656-676; Smith, V.H.
2003. Eutrophication of freshwater and coastal marine ecosystems.
Environmental Science and Pollution Research 10(2):126-139; Dodds,
W.K., W.W. Bouska, J.L. Eitzmann, T.J. Pilger, K.L. Pitts, A.J.
Riley, J.T. Schloesser, and D.J. Thornbrugh. 2009. Eutrophication of
U.S. freshwaters: Analysis of potential economic damages.
Environmental Science and Technology 43(1):12-19.
\19\ State-EPA Nutrient Innovations Task Group. 2009. An Urgent
Call to Action: Report of the State-EPA Nutrient Innovations Task
Group.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Adverse Impacts of Nitrogen/Phosphorus Pollution on Aquatic Life,
Human Health, and the Economy
Fish, shellfish, and wildlife require clean water for survival.
Changes in the environment resulting from elevated nitrogen/phosphorus
levels (such as algal blooms, toxins from harmful algal blooms, and
hypoxia/anoxia) can cause a variety of effects. The causal pathways
that lead from human activities to excess nutrients to impacts on
designated uses in lakes and streams are well established in the
scientific literature (e.g., Streams: Stockner and Shortreed 1976,
Stockner and Shortreed 1978, Elwood et al. 1981, Horner et al. 1983,
Bothwell 1985, Peterson et al. 1985, Moss et al. 1989, Dodds and Gudder
1992, Rosemond et al. 1993, Bowling and Baker 1996, Bourassa and
Cattaneo 1998, Francoeur 2001, Biggs 2000, Rosemond et al. 2001,
Rosemond et al. 2002, Slavik et al. 2004, Cross et al. 2006, Mulholland
and Webster 2010; Lakes: Vollenweider 1968, NAS 1969, Schindler et al.
1973, Schindler 1974, Vollenweider 1976, Carlson 1977, Paerl 1988,
Elser et al. 1990, Smith et al. 1999, Downing et al. 2001, Smith et al.
2006, Elser et al. 2007).\20\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\20\ For Streams:
Stockner, J.G., and K.R.S. Shortreed. 1976. Autotrophic
production in Carnation Creek, a coastal rainforest stream on
Vancouver Island, British Columbia. Journal of the Fisheries
Research Board of Canada 33:1553-1563.;
Stockner, J.G., and K.R.S. Shortreed. 1978. Enhancement of
autotrophic production by nutrient addition in a coastal rainforest
stream on Vancouver Island. Journal of the Fisheries Research Board
of Canada 35:28-34.;
Elwood, J.W., J.D. Newbold, A.F. Trimble, and R.W. Stark. 1981.
The limiting role of phosphorus in a woodland stream ecosystem:
effects of P enrichment on leaf decomposition and primary producers.
Ecology 62:146-158.;
Horner, R.R., E.B. Welch, and R.B. Veenstra. 1983. Development
of nuisance periphytic algae in laboratory streams in relation to
enrichment and velocity. Pages 121-134 in R.G. Wetzel (editor).
Periphyton of freshwater ecosystems. Dr. W. Junk Publishers, The
Hague, The Netherlands.;
Bothwell, M.L. 1985. Phosphorus limitation of lotic periphyton
growth rates: an intersite comparison using continuous-flow troughs
(Thompson River system, British Columbia). Limnology and
Oceanography 30:527-542.;
Peterson, B.J., J.E. Hobbie, A.E. Hershey, M.A. Lock, T.E. Ford,
J.R. Vestal, V.L. McKinley, M.A.J. Hullar, M.C. Miller, R.M.
Ventullo, and G.S. Volk. 1985. Transformation of a tundra river from
heterotrophy to autotrophy by addition of phosphorus. Science
229:1383-1386.;
Moss, B., I. Hooker, H. Balls, and K. Manson. 1989.
Phytoplankton distribution in a temperate floodplain lake and river
system. I. Hydrology, nutrient sources and phytoplankton biomass.
Journal of Plankton Research 11:813-835.;
Dodds, W.K., and D.A. Gudder. 1992. The ecology of Cladophora.
Journal of Phycology 28:415-427.; Rosemond, A. D., P. J. Mulholland,
and J. W. Elwood. 1993. Top-down and bottom-up control of stream
periphyton: Effects of nutrients and herbivores. Ecology 74:1264-
1280.;
Bowling, L.C., and P.D. Baker. 1996. Major cyanobacterial bloom
in the Barwon-Darling River, Australia, in 1991, and underlying
limnological conditions. Marine and Freshwater Research 47: 643-
657.;
Bourassa, N., and A. Cattaneo. 1998. Control of periphyton
biomass in Laurentian streams (Quebec). Journal of the North
American Benthological Society 17:420-429.;
Francoeur, S.N. 2001. Meta-analysis of lotic nutrient amendment
experiments: detecting and quantifying subtle responses. Journal of
the North American Benthological Society 20:358-368.;
Biggs, B.J.F. 2000. Eutrophication of streams and rivers:
dissolved nutrient-chlorophyll relationships for Benthic algae.
Journal of the North American Benthological Society 19:17-31.;
Rosemond, A.D., C.M. Pringle, A. Ramirez, and M.J. Paul. 2001. A
test of top-down and bottom-up control in a detritus-based food web.
Ecology 82: 2279-2293.;
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
When excessive nitrogen/phosphorus loads change a waterbody's algae
and plant species, the change in habitat and available food resources
can induce changes affecting an entire food chain. Algal blooms block
sunlight that submerged grasses need to grow, leading to a decline of
submerged aquatic vegetation beds and decreased habitat for juvenile
organisms. Algal blooms can also increase turbidity and impair the
ability of fish and other aquatic life to find food.\21\ Algae can also
damage or clog the gills of fish and invertebrates.\22\ Excessive algal
blooms (those that use oxygen for respiration during periods without
sunlight) can lead to diurnal shifts in a waterbody's production and
consumption of dissolved oxygen (DO) resulting in reduced DO levels
that are sufficiently low to harm or kill important recreational
species such as largemouth bass.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Rosemond, A.D., C.M. Pringle, A. Ramirez, M.J. Paul, and J.L.
Meyer. 2002. Landscape variation in phosphorus concentration and
effects on detritus-based tropical streams. Limnology and
Oceanography 47:278-289.;
Slavik, K., B.J. Peterson, L.A. Deegan, W.B. Bowden, A.E.
Hershey, and J.E. Hobbie. 2004. Long-term responses of the Kuparuk
River ecosystem to phosphorus fertilization. Ecology 85:939--954.;
Cross, W.F., J.B. Wallace, A.D. Rosemond, and S.L. Eggert. 2006.
Whole-system nutrient enrichment Increases secondary production in a
detritus-based ecoystem. Ecology 87:1556-1565.;
Mulholland, P.J. and J.R. Webster. 2010. Nutrient dynamics in
streams and the role of J-NABS. Journal of the North American
Benthological Society 29:100-117.;
For Lakes:
Vollenweider, R.A. 1968. Scientific Fundamentals of the
Eutrophication of Lakes and Flowing Waters, With Particular
Reference to Nitrogen and Phosphorus as Factors in Eutrophication
(Tech Rep DAS/CS/68.27, OECD, Paris).;
National Academy of Science. 1969. Eutrophication: Causes,
Consequences, Correctives. National Academy of Science, Washington,
DC.;
Schindler D.W., H. Kling, R.V. Schmidt, J. Prokopowich, V.E.
Frost, R.A. Reid, and M. Capel. 1973. Eutrophication of Lake 227 by
addition of phosphate and nitrate: The second, third, and fourth
years of enrichment 1970, 1971, and 1972. Journal of the Fishery
Research Board of Canada 30:1415-1440.;
Schindler D.W. 1974. Eutrophication and recovery in experimental
lakes: Implications for lake management. Science 184:897-899.;
Vollenweider, R.A. 1976. Advances in Defining Critical Loading
Levels for Phosphorus in Lake Eutrophication. Memorie dell'Istituto
Italiano di Idrobiologia 33:53-83.;
Carlson R.E. 1977. A trophic State index for lakes. Limnology
and Oceanography 22:361-369.;
Paerl, H.W. 1988. Nuisance phytoplankton blooms in coastal,
estuarine, and inland waters. Limnology and Oceanography 33:823-
847.;
Elser, J.J., E.R. Marzolf, and C.R. Goldman. 1990. Phosphorus
and nitrogen limitation of phytoplankton growth in the freshwaters
of North America: a review and critique of experimental enrichments.
Canadian Journal of Fisheries and Aquatic Science 47:1468-1477.;
Smith, V.H., G.D. Tilman, and J.C. Nekola. 1999. Eutrophication:
impacts of excess nutrient inputs on freshwater, marine, and
terrestrial ecosystems. Environmental Pollution 100:179-196.;
Downing, J.A., S.B. Watson, and E. McCauley. 2001. Predicting
cyanobacteria dominance in lakes. Canadian Journal of Fisheries and
Aquatic Sciences 58:1905-1908.;
Smith, V.H., S.B. Joye, and R.W. Howarth. 2006. Eutrophication
of freshwater and marine ecosystems. Limnology and Oceanography
51:351-355.;
Elser, J.J., M.E.S. Bracken, E.E. Cleland, D.S. Gruner, W.S.
Harpole, H. Hillebrand, J.T. Ngai, E.W. Seabloom, J.B. Shurin, and
J.E. Smith. 2007. Global analysis of nitrogen and phosphorus
limitation of primary production in freshwater, marine, and
terrestrial ecosystems. Ecology Letters 10:1135-1142.
\21\ Hauxwell, J., C. Jacoby, T. Frazer, and J. Stevely. 2001.
Nutrients and Florida's Coastal Waters: Florida Sea Grant Report No.
SGEB-55. Florida Sea Grant College Program, University of Florida,
Gainesville, FL.
\22\ NOAA. 2009. Harmful Algal Blooms: Current Programs
Overview. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. https://www.cop.noaa.gov/stressors/extremeevents/hab/default.aspx. Accessed
December 2009.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Excessive algal growth also contributes to increased oxygen
consumption associated with decomposition (e.g. decaying vegetative
matter), in many instances reducing
[[Page 75767]]
oxygen to levels below that needed for aquatic life to survive and
flourish.23 24 Mobile species, such as adult fish, can
sometimes survive by moving to areas with more oxygen. However,
migration to avoid hypoxia depends on species mobility, availability of
suitable habitat, and adequate environmental cues for migration. Less
mobile or immobile species, such as mussels, cannot move to avoid low
oxygen and are often killed during hypoxic events.\25\ While certain
mature aquatic animals can tolerate a range of dissolved oxygen levels
that occur in the water, younger life stages of species like fish and
shellfish often require higher levels of oxygen to survive.\26\
Sustained low levels of dissolved oxygen cause a severe decrease in the
amount of aquatic life in hypoxic zones and affect the ability of
aquatic organisms to find necessary food and habitat.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\23\ NOAA. 2009. Harmful Algal Blooms: Current Programs
Overview. National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. https://www.cop.noaa.gov/stressors/extremeevents/hab/default.aspx. Accessed
December 2009.
\24\ USGS. 2009. Hypoxia. U.S. Geological Survey. https://toxics.usgs.gov/definitions/hypoxia.html. Accessed December 2009.
\25\ ESA. 2009. Hypoxia. Ecological Society of America. https://www.esa.org/education_diversity/pdfDocs/hypoxia.pdf. Accessed
December 2009.
\26\ USEPA. 1986. Ambient Water Quality Criteria for Dissolved
Oxygen Freshwater Aquatic Life. EPA-800-R-80-906. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Water, Washington DC.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In freshwater, HABs including, for example, blue-green algae from
the phylum of bacteria called cyanobacteria,\27\ can produce toxins
that have been implicated as the cause of a number of fish and bird
mortalities.\28\ These toxins have also been tied to the death of pets
and livestock that may be exposed through drinking contaminated water
or grooming themselves after bodily exposure.\29\ Many other States,
and countries for that matter, are experiencing problems with algal
blooms.\30\ Ohio on September 3, 2010,\31\ for example, listed eight
water bodies as ``Bloom Advisory,'' \32\ six water bodies as ``Toxin
Advisory,'' \33\ and two waters as ``No Contact Advisory.'' \34\
Species of cyanobacteria associated with freshwater algal blooms
include: Microcystis aeruginosa, Anabaena circinalis, Anabaena flos-
aquae, Aphanizomenon flos-aquae, and Cylindrospermopsis raciborskii.
The toxins from cyanobacterial harmful algal blooms can produce
neurotoxins (affect the nervous system), hepatotoxins (affect the
liver), produce lipopolysaccharides that affect the gastrointestinal
system, and some are tumor promoters.\35\ A recent study showed that at
least one type of cyanobacteria has been linked to cancer and tumor
growth in animals.\36\ Cyanobacteria toxins can also pass through
normal drinking water treatment processes and pose an increased risk to
humans or animals.\37\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\27\ CDC. 2010. Facts about cyanobacteria and cyanobacterial
harmful algal blooms. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
https://www.cdc.gov/hab/cyanobacteria/facts.htm. Accessed August
2010.
\28\ Ibelings, Bas W. and Karl E. Havens. 2008 Chapter 32:
Cyanobacterial toxins: a qualitative meta-analysis of
concentrations, dosage and effects in freshwater, estuarine and
marine biota. In Cyanobacterial Harmful Algal Blooms: State of the
Science and Research Needs. From the Monograph of the September 6-
10, 2005 International Symposium on Cyanobacterial Harmful Algal
Blooms (ISOC-HAB) in Durham, NC. https://www.epa.gov/cyano_habs_symposium/monograph/Ch32.pdf. Accessed August 19, 2010.
\29\ WHOI. 2008. HAB Impacts on Wildlife. Woods Hole
Oceanographic Institution. https://www.whoi.edu/redtide/page.do?pid=9682. Accessed December 2009.
\30\ FDEP. 2010. Blue Green Algae Frequently Asked Questions.
https://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/bgalgae/faq.htm. Accessed August
2010.
\31\ Ohio DNR. 2010. News Release September 3, 2010. https://www.epa.state.oh.us/portals/47/nr/2010/september/9-3samplingresults.pdf. Accessed September 2010.
\32\ Defined as: Cautionary advisory to avoid contact with any
algae. Ohio DNR. 2010. News Release September 3, 2010. https://www.epa.state.oh.us/portals/47/nr/2010/september/9-3samplingresults.pdf. Accessed September 2010.
\33\ Defined as: Avoid contact with any algae and direct contact
with water. Ohio DNR. 2010. News Release September 3, 2010. https://www.epa.state.oh.us/portals/47/nr/2010/september/9-3samplingresults.pdf. Accessed September 2010.
\34\ Defined as: Avoid any and all contact with or ingestion of
the lake water. This includes the launching of any watercraft on the
lake. Ohio DNR. 2010. News Release September 3, 2010. https://www.epa.state.oh.us/portals/47/nr/2010/september/9-3samplingresults.pdf. Accessed September 2010.
\35\ CDC. 2010. Facts about cyanobacteria and cyanobacterial
harmful algal blooms, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
https://www.cdc.gov/hab/cyanobacteria/facts.htm. Accessed August
2010.
\36\ Falconer, I.R., and A.R. Humpage. 2005. Health Risk
Assessment of Cyanobacterial (Blue-green Algal) Toxins in Drinking
Water. International Journal of Research and Public Health 2(1): 43-
50.
\37\ Carmichael, W.W. 2000. Assessment of Blue-Green Algal
Toxins in Raw and Finished Drinking Water. AWWA Research Foundation,
Denver, CO.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Health and recreational use impacts to humans result directly from
exposure to elevated nitrogen/phosphorus pollution levels and
indirectly from the subsequent waterbody changes that occur from
increased nitrogen/phosphorus pollution (such as algal blooms and
toxins). Direct impacts include effects to human health through
potentially contaminated drinking water. Indirect impacts include
restrictions on recreation (such as boating and swimming). Algal blooms
can prevent opportunities to swim and engage in other types of
recreation. In areas where recreation is determined to be unsafe
because of algal blooms, warning signs are often posted to discourage
human use of the waters.
Nitrate in drinking water can cause serious health problems for
humans,\38\ especially infants. EPA developed a Maximum Contaminant
Level (MCL) of 10 mg/L for nitrate in drinking water.\39\ In the 2010
USGS National Water-Quality Assessment Program report, nitrate was
found to be the most frequently detected nutrient in streams at
concentrations greater than 10 mg/L. The report also found that
concentrations of nitrate greater than the MCL of 10 mg/L were more
prevalent and widespread in groundwater used for drinking water than in
streams.\40\ Florida has adopted EPA's recommendations for the nitrate
MCL in Florida's regulated drinking water systems and a 10 mg/L
criteria for nitrate in Class I waters. FDEP shares EPA's concern
regarding blue-baby syndrome as can be seen in information FDEP reports
on its drinking water information for the public: ``Nitrate is used in
fertilizer and is found in sewage and wastes from human and/or farm
animals and generally gets into drinking water from those activities.
Excessive levels of nitrate in drinking water have caused serious
illness and sometimes death in infants less than six months of age \41\
* * * EPA has set the drinking water standard at 10 parts per million
(ppm) [or 10 mg/L] for nitrate to protect
[[Page 75768]]
against the risk of these adverse effects \42\ * * * Drinking water
that meets the EPA standard is associated with little to none of this
risk and is considered safe with respect to nitrate.'' \43\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\38\ For more information, refer to Manassaram, Deana M.,
Lorraine C. Backer, and Deborah M. Moll. 2006. A Review of Nitrates
in Drinking Water: Maternal Exposure and Adverse Reproductive and
Developmental Outcomes. Environmental Health Perspect. 114(3): 320-
327.
\39\ USEPA. 2007. Nitrates and Nitrites: TEACH Chemical Summary.
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. https://www.epa.gov/teach/chem_summ/Nitrates_summary.pdf. Accessed December 2009.
\40\ Dubrovsky, N.M., Burow, K.R., Clark, G.M., Gronberg, J.M.,
Hamilton P.A., Hitt, K.J., Mueller, D.K., Munn, M.D., Nolan, B.T.,
Puckett, L.J., Rupert, M.G., Short, T.M., Spahr, N.E., Sprague,
L.A., and Wilber, W.G. 2010. The quality of our Nation's waters--
Nutrients in the Nation's streams and groundwater, 1992-2004: U.S.
Geological Survey Circular 1350, 174p. Available electronically at:
https://water.usgs.gov/nawqa/nutrients/pubs/circ1350.
\41\ The serious illness in infants is caused because nitrate is
converted to nitrite in the body. Nitrite interferes with the oxygen
carrying capacity of the child's blood. This is an acute disease in
that symptoms can develop rapidly in infants. In most cases, health
deteriorates over a period of days. Symptoms include shortness of
breath and blueness of the skin. (source: FDEP. 2010. Drinking
Water: Inorganic Contaminants. Florida Department of Environmental
Protection. https://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/drinkingwater/inorg_con.htm. Accessed September 2010.)
\42\ EPA has also set a drinking water standard for nitrite at 1
mg/L. To allow for the fact that the toxicity of nitrate and nitrite
are additive, EPA has also established a standard for the sum of
nitrate and nitrite at 10 mg/L. (source: FDEP. 2010. Drinking Water:
Inorganic Contaminants. Florida Department of Environmental
Protection. https://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/drinkingwater/inorg_con.htm. Accessed September 2010.)
\43\ FDEP. 2010. Drinking Water: Inorganic Contaminants. Florida
Department of Environmental Protection. https://www.dep.state.fl.us/water/drinkingwater/inorg_con.htm. Accessed September 2010.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Human health can also be impacted by disinfection byproducts formed
when disinfectants (such as chlorine) used to treat drinking water
react with organic carbon (from the algae in source waters). Some
disinfection byproducts have been linked to rectal, bladder, and colon
cancers; reproductive health risks; and liver, kidney, and central
nervous system problems.44 45
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\44\ USEPA. 2009. National Primary Drinking Water Regulations.
Contaminants. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. Accessed https://www.epa.gov/safewater/hfacts.html. December 2009.
\45\ National Primary Drinking Water Regulations: Stage 2
Disinfectants and Disinfection Byproducts Rule, 40 CFR parts 9, 141,
and 142. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, FR 71:2 (January 4,
2006). pp. 387-493. Available electronically at: https://www.epa.gov/fedrgstr/EPA-WATER/2006/January/Day-04/w03.htm. Accessed December
2009.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Economic losses from algal blooms and harmful algal blooms can
include increased costs for drinking water treatment, reduced property
values for streams and lakefront areas, commercial fishery losses, and
lost revenue from recreational fishing, boating trips, and other
tourism-related businesses.
In terms of increased costs for drinking water treatment, for
example, in 1991, Des Moines (Iowa) Water Works constructed a $4
million ion exchange facility to remove nitrate from its drinking water
supply. This facility was designed to be used an average of 35-40 days
per year to remove excess nitrate levels at a cost of nearly $3000 per
day.\46\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\46\ Jones, C.S., D. Hill, and G. Brand. 2007. Use a
multifaceted approach to manage high sourcewater nitrate. Opflow
June pp. 20-22.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fremont, Ohio (a city of approximately 20,000) has experienced high
levels of nitrate from its source, the Sandusky River, resulting in
numerous drinking water use advisories. An estimated $15 million will
be needed to build a reservoir (and associated piping) that will allow
for selective withdrawal from the river to avoid elevated levels of
nitrate, as well as to provide storage.\47\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\47\ Taft, Jim, Association of State Drinking Water
Administrators (ASDWA). 2009. Personal Communication.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In regulating allowable levels of chlorophyll a in Oklahoma
drinking water reservoirs, the Oklahoma Water Resources Board estimated
that the long-term cost savings in drinking water treatment for 86
systems would range between $106 million and $615 million if such
regulations were implemented.\48\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\48\ Moershel, Philip, Oklahoma Water Resources Board (OWRB) and
Mark Derischweiler, Oklahoma Department of Environmental Quality
(ODEQ). 2009. Personal Communication.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Nitrogen/Phosphorus Pollution in Florida
Florida's flat topography causes water to move slowly over the
landscape, allowing ample opportunity for nitrogen and phosphorus to
dissolve and eutrophication responses to develop. Florida's warm and
wet, yet sunny, climate further contributes to increased run-off and
ideal temperatures for subsequent eutrophication responses.\49\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\49\ Perry, W. B. 2008. Everglades restoration and water quality
challenges in south Florida. Ecotoxicology 17:569-578.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
As outlined in the EPA January 2009 determination and the January
2010 proposal, water quality degradation resulting from excess nitrogen
and phosphorus loadings is a documented and significant environmental
issue in Florida. FDEP notes in its 2008 Integrated Water Quality
Assessment that nutrient pollution poses several challenges in Florida.
For example, the FDEP 2008 Integrated Water Quality Assessment notes:
``the close connection between surface and ground water, in combination
with the pressures of continued population growth, accompanying
development, and extensive agricultural operations, present Florida
with a unique set of challenges for managing both water quality and
quantity in the future. After trending downward for 20 years, beginning
in 2000 phosphorus levels again began moving upward, likely due to the
cumulative impacts of nonpoint source pollution associated with
increased population and development. Increasing pollution from urban
stormwater and agricultural activities is having other significant
effects. In many springs across the State, for example, nitrate levels
have increased dramatically (twofold to threefold) over the past 20
years, reflecting the close link between surface and ground water.''
\50\ To clarify current nitrogen/phosphorus pollution conditions in
Florida, EPA analyzed recent STORET data pulled from Florida's Impaired
Waters Rule (IWR),\51\ (which are the data Florida uses to create its
integrated reports) and found increasing levels of nitrogen and
phosphorus compounds in Florida waters over the past 12 years (1996-
2008). Florida's IWR STORET data indicates that levels of total
nitrogen have increased from a State-wide average of 1.06 mg/L in 1996
to 1.27 mg/L in 2008 and total phosphorus levels have increased from an
average of 0.108 mg/L in 1996 to 0.151 mg/L in 2008.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\50\ FDEP. 2008. Integrated Water Quality Assessment for
Florida: 2008 305(b) Report and 303(d) List Update.
\51\ IWR Run 40. Updated through February 2010.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The combination of the factors reported by FDEP and listed above
(including population increase, climate, stormwater runoff,
agriculture, and topography) has contributed to significant nitrogen/
phosphorus effects to Florida's waters.\52\ For example, newspapers in
Florida regularly report about impacts associated with nitrogen/
phosphorus pollution; recent examples include reports of algal blooms
and fish kills in the St Johns River \53\ and reports of white foam
associated with algal blooms lining parts of the St. Johns River.\54\
Spring releases of water from Lake Okeechobee into the St Lucie Canal,
necessitated by high lake levels due to rainfall, resulted in reports
of floating mats of toxic Microcystis aeruginosa that prompted Martin
and St Lucie county health departments to issue warnings to the
public.\55\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\52\ FDEP. 2008. Integrated Water Quality Assessment for
Florida: 2008 305(b) Report and 303(d) List Update.
\53\ Patterson, S. 2010, July 23. St John's River Looks Sick.
Florida Times Union. https://jacksonville.com/news/metro/2010-07-23/story/st-johns-looks-sick-nelson-says. Accessed September 2010.
\54\ Patterson, S. 2010, July 21. Foam on St. John's River
Churns Up Environmental Interest. Florida Times Union. https://jacksonville.com/news/metro/2010-07-21/story/foam-st-johns-churns-environmental-questions. Accessed October 2010.
\55\ Killer, E. 2010, June 10. Blue-green Algae Found Floating
Near Palm City as Lake Okeechobee Releases Continue. Treasure Coast
Times. https://www.tcpalm.com/news/2010/jun/10/blue-green-algae-found-floating-near-palm-city-o/. Accessed October 2010.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The 2008 Integrated Water Quality Assessment lists nutrients as the
fourth major source of impairment for rivers and streams in Florida
(after dissolved oxygen, mercury in fish, and fecal coliforms). For
lakes and estuaries, nutrients are ranked first and second,
respectively. These same rankings are also confirmed in FDEP's latest
2010 Integrated Water Quality Assessment.
[[Page 75769]]
According to FDEP's 2008 Integrated Water Quality Assessment,\56\
approximately 1,049 miles of rivers and streams, 349,248 acres of
lakes, and 902 square miles of estuaries are impaired by nutrients in
the State. To put this in context and as noted above, approximately 5%
of the total assessed river and stream miles, 23% of the total assessed
lake acres, and 24% of the total assessed square miles of estuaries are
impaired for nutrients according to the 2008 Integrated Report.\57\ In
recent published listings of impairments for 2010, Florida Department
of Environmental Protection lists nutrient impairments in 1,918 stream
miles (about 8% of the total assessed stream miles), 378,435 lake acres
(about 26% of total assessed lake acres), and 569 square miles of
estuaries (about 21% of total assessed estuarine square mi